<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" [
<!ENTITY gnomeversion "2.24">
<!ENTITY manrevision "2.24.0">
<!ENTITY date "September 2008">
<!ENTITY LEGAL SYSTEM "legal.xml">
<!ENTITY accessintro SYSTEM "accessintro.xml">
<!ENTITY sysadmin SYSTEM "sysadmin.xml">
<!ENTITY low-vision SYSTEM "low-vision.xml">
<!ENTITY mobility SYSTEM "mobility.xml">
<!ENTITY general SYSTEM "general.xml">
<!ENTITY author1 "Sun">
<!ENTITY author2 "Java Desktop System Documentation Team">
]>
<?db.chunk.max_depth 4?>
<book id="index" lang="fi"> 
<title>Gnome-työpöydän esteettömyysohje</title> 
<bookinfo> 
<abstract role="description">
<para>Gnomen esteettömyysohje on tarkoitettu käyttäjille, ylläpitäjille ja muille, jotka ovat kiinnostuneita siitä kuinka Gnome-työpöytä tukee vammaisia ihmisiä. Se kertoo myös kuinka Yhdysvaltojen kuntoutussäädöksen osion 508 vaatimukset täyttyvät.</para>
</abstract>
<copyright> 
<year>2006</year>
<holder>Don Scorgie</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright> 
<year>2006</year>
<holder>Brent Smith</holder>
</copyright>
<copyright> 
<year>2005</year>
<year>2004</year>
<year>2003</year>
<year>2002</year>
<holder>Sun Microsystems, Inc.</holder> 
</copyright><copyright><year>2007-2009.</year><holder>Timo Jyrinki (timo.jyrinki@iki.fi)</holder></copyright>

<!--  translators: uncomment this:
  <copyright>
   <year>2002</year>
   <holder>ME-THE-TRANSLATOR (Latin translation)</holder>
  </copyright>
-->

<publisher role="maintainer"> 
<publishername>Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</publishername> 
</publisher>

<legalnotice id="legalnotice">
<para>Ohjetta saa kopioida, levittää ja muokata Free Software Foundationin julkaiseman GNU Free Documentation Licensen (GFDL) 1.1 tai minkä hyvänsä myöhemmän version mukaisesti. GNU Free Documentation Licensen määritelmien mukaisia kansitekstejä (”Cover Texts”) tai vakiolukuja (”Invariant Sections”) ei saa käyttää. Kopio lisenssistä löytyy tästä <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:fdl">linkistä</ulink> tai ohjekirjan mukana tulevasta COPYING-DOCS-tiedostosta.</para>
<para>Tämä käyttöohje on osa Gnomen käyttöohjekokoelmaa ja levitetään GFDL-lisenssin alaisena. Jos haluat levittää tätä käyttöohjetta erillään kokoelmasta, voit tehdä sen liittämällä lisenssin kopion ohjeen mukaan, kuten lisenssin luku 6 sanelee.</para>
<para>Monet tuotteiden ja palveluiden nimet ovat tuotemerkkejä. Gnomen dokumentointiprojektissa nämä nimet pyritään kirjoittamaan suuraakkosin tai isolla alkukirjaimella, sikäli kun projektin jäsenet tietävät kyseisistä tuotemerkeistä.</para>
<para>ASIAKIRJA SEKÄ MUOKATUT VERSIOT ASIAKIRJASTA TARJOTAAN GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSEN EHDOIN SEKÄ YMMÄRTÄEN ETTÄ: <orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>ASIAKIRJA TARJOTAAN SELLAISENAAN, ILMAN MINKÄÄNLAISTA KIRJATTUA TAI KONKLUDENTTISTA RAJATONTA TAKUUTA ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATUN VERSION VIRHEETTÖMYYDESTÄ, SOPIVUUDESTA KAUPALLISEEN KÄYTTÖÖN TAI TIETTYYN KÄYTTÖTARKOITUKSEEN TAI LOUKKAAMATTOMUUDESTA. TÄYSI VASTUU ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATUN VERSION LAADUSTA, TARKKUUDESTA JA TOIMIVUUDESTA ON KÄYTTÄJÄLLÄ. JOS ASIAKIRJA TAI SEN MUOKATTU VERSIO OSOITTAUTUU JOLLAKIN TAVALLA VIRHEELLISEKSI, KÄYTTÄJÄ (EI ALKUPERÄINEN KIRJOITTAJA TAI MUU TEKIJÄ) VASTAA PALVELUJEN, KORJAUSTEN TAI OIKAISUJEN KUSTANNUKSISTA. TÄMÄ VASTUUVAPAUSLAUSEKE ON EROTTAMATON OSA LISENSSIÄ. ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATTUJEN VERSIOIDEN KÄYTTÖ ON SALLITTUA VAIN TÄMÄN VASTUUVAPAUSLAUSEKKEEN NOJALLA; SEKÄ</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>MISSÄÄN OLOSUHTEISSA TAI MINKÄÄN OIKEUSLAITOKSEN ALAISUUDESSA, NIIN OIKEUSLOUKKAUKSISSA (MUKAAN LUKIEN HUOLIMATTOMUUS), SOPIMUS TAI MUUTOIN, ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATUN VERSION TEKIJÄ, ALKUPERÄINEN KIRJOITTAJA, KUKAAN AVUSTAJISTA, KUKAAN LEVITTÄJÄ TAIKKA KUKAAN TARJOAJA EI OLE VASTUUSSA KENELLEKÄÄN SUORASTA, EPÄSUORASTA, ERITYISESTÄ, TAPATURMAISESTA TAI VÄLILLISESTÄ VAHINGOSTA SISÄLTÄEN RAJOITUKSETTA VAHINGOT LIIKEARVON MENETYKSESTÄ, TYÖN KESKEYTYMISESTÄ, TIETOKONEVIRHEESTÄ TAI -HÄIRIÖSTÄ TAIKKA MISTÄÄN MUUSTA VAHINGOSTA TAI MENETYKSESTÄ, JOKA ILMENEE TAI LIITTYY ASIAKIRJAN TAI SEN MUOKATUN VERSION KÄYTTÖÖN EDES SILLOIN KUN OSAPUOLTA ON OLLUT TIETOINEN TÄLLAISEN VAHINGON MAHDOLLISUUDESTA.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist></para>
</legalnotice>
 

<authorgroup> 
<author>
<firstname>Vincent</firstname>
<surname>Alexander</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</orgname>
</affiliation>
</author>

<author>
<firstname>Don</firstname>
<surname>Scorgie</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</orgname>
</affiliation>
</author>

<author>
<firstname>Brent</firstname>
<surname>Smith</surname>
<affiliation>
<orgname>Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</orgname>
</affiliation>
</author>

<author> 
<firstname>Sun</firstname> 
<surname>Java-työpöytäjärjestelmän dokumentointitiimi</surname> 
<affiliation> 
<orgname>Sun Microsystems, Inc.</orgname>  
</affiliation> 
</author> 
</authorgroup>

<revhistory>
<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.24 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.24.0</revnumber> 
<date>Syyskuu 2008</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.24 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.24.0</revnumber> 
<date>Syyskuu 2008</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.10 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.10.1</revnumber> 
<date>Heinäkuu 2005</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Java-työpöytäjärjestelmän dokumentointitiimi</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.10 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.10.0</revnumber> 
<date>Maaliskuu 2005</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Java-työpöytäjärjestelmän dokumentointitiimi</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.8 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.8.0</revnumber> 
<date>Syyskuu 2004</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Java-työpöytäjärjestelmän dokumentointitiimi</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 

</revision>
<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.6 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.6.0</revnumber> 
<date>Maaliskuu 2004</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.4 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.4.0</revnumber> 
<date>Lokakuu 2003</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.2 -työpöydän esteettömyysohje V2.2.0</revnumber> 
<date>Helmikuu 2003</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.0 -työpöytä Solaris-käyttöympäristölle, esteettömyysohje V2.1</revnumber> 
<date>Tammikuu 2003</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>

<revision> 
<revnumber>Gnome 2.0 -työpöytä Solaris-käyttöympäristölle, esteettömyysohje V2.0</revnumber> 
<date>Joulukuu 2002</date> 
<revdescription> 
<para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para> 
<para role="publisher">Gnomen dokumentointiprojekti</para> 
</revdescription> 
</revision>  
</revhistory>
 
<releaseinfo>Tämä ohjekirja kertoo Gnome-työpöydän versiosta 2.24.</releaseinfo>
 
<legalnotice> 
<title>Palaute</title> 
<para>Raportoidaksesi virheen tai tehdäksesi Gnome-työpöytään tai tähän ohjekirjaan liittyvän ehdotuksen, katso <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?feedback">Gnomen palautesivu</ulink>.</para>
</legalnotice> 
</bookinfo>

<chapter id="accessintro-1">

<title>Johdanto esteettömyyteen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Osio 508</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Tämä kappale on johdanto Gnome-työpöydän esteettömyystoimintoihin.</para>
<para>Kaikkien ohjelmistojen tulisi sisältää esteettömyystoimintoja, jotta ohjelmistot olisivat myös vammaisten ihmisten helposti ja tehokkaasti käytettävissä. Tuoreet lainsäädännöt ovat lisänneet tietoisuutta näistä tarpeista, esimerkkinä Yhdysvaltojen kuntoutussäädöksen osio 508.</para>
<para>Gnome-työpöytää on helppo käyttää ja siihen sisältyy monia esteettömyysominaisuuksia. Jokainen Gnome-työpöydän tuettu sovellus ja apuohjelma on suunniteltu esteettömyyttä ja käytettävyyttä ajatellen. Ihmiset joilla on fyysisiä rajoitteita, kuten huono näkö tai motoriikkaongelmia, voivat käyttää kaikkia Gnome-työpöydän toiminnallisuuksia hyödyntäen saatavilla olevia mukautustyökaluja. Nämä mukautustyökalut mahdollistavat työpöydän ulkoasun ja käyttäytymisen hienosäädön.</para>
<para>Gnome-työpöydän helppo mukautettavuus mahdollistaa työpöydän paremman esteettömyyden. Tässä oppaassa kerrotaan vaihtoehdoista, joilla työpöytää voidaan räätälöidä tarpeiden mukaiseksi.</para>

<section id="quickref">
<title>Pikaopas</title>
<para>Hypätäksesi tiettyyn aiheeseen, käytä seuraavia pikaopaslinkkejä:</para>
<para>Kuullaksesi näytöllä olevat asiat puheena, katso kappale <link linkend="enable-orca">Orca</link>.</para>
<para>Jos tarvitse suurta tekstiä, lue kappaleita <link linkend="themes-4">Teemojen valitseminen</link> ja <link linkend="themes-10">Kirjasimien mukauttaminen</link>.</para>
<para>Näyttääksesi osan näytöstä tai koko näytön suurennettuna, katso kappale <link linkend="ats-2">Suurennuslasi</link>.</para>
<para>Jos käytät mieluummin osoitinlaitetta kuin näppäimistöä, on mahdollista ottaa käyttöön näppäimistö näytöllä osoittimella ja napsautuksilla kirjoittamiseen. Katso kappale <link linkend="gok">Gnomen näppäimistö näytöllä (gok)</link>.</para>
<para>Jos voit painaa vain näppäintä samaan aikaan, katso Pohjaan jäävät näppäimet -osiota kappaleessa <link linkend="dtconfig-14">Esteettömän näppäimistön asetukset</link>.</para>
<para>Jos pidät helposti näppäimiä pohjassa liian pitkään (aiheuttaen tarkoituksettomia lisäpainalluksia), katso Hitaat näppäimet -osiota kappaleessa <link linkend="dtconfig-14">Esteettömän näppäimistön asetukset</link>.</para>
<para>Jos painat usein näppäimiä monta kertaa (aiheuttaen tarkoituksettomia lisäpainalluksia), katso Kimmonäppäimet-osiota kappaleessa <link linkend="dtconfig-14">Esteettömän näppäimistön asetukset</link>.</para>
<para>Lisätietoja hiiri- tai osoitinpohjaisista esteettömyystoiminnoista on tarjolla kappaleissa <link linkend="mousetweaks">MouseTweaks</link> ja <link linkend="dtconfig-14">Esteettömän näppäimistön asetukset</link>. Nämä työkalut tarjoavat osoitinlaitteille ja näppäimistölle useita esteettömyysaputoimintoja.</para>
</section>

</chapter>

<chapter id="general">
<title>Yleisiä esteettömyysvinkkejä</title>
<para>Erilaiset teknologiat voivat auttaa ihmisiä, joilla on erityyppisiä rajoitteita. Niistä kerrotaan tässä kappaleessa. Erityisesti:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis> Oleellisimmat näppäimistökomennot </emphasis> - käsittelee joitain näppäimistöltä suoritettavista peruskomennoista.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis> Työpöydän käyttö näppäimistöltä</emphasis> - mahdollistaa työpöydän käytön käyttämättä hiirtä tai osoitinlaitetta.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis> Esteetön kirjautuminen</emphasis> - käyttäjät voivat muuttaa kirjautumisruutua esteettömämmäksi.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>

<section>
<title>Oleellisimmat näppäimistökomennot</title>
<para>Tutustu oleellisimpiin Gnomen komentoihin ennen siirtymistä eteenpäin:</para>
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> [Debian] - näytä ja aktivoi Gnome-työpöydän valikkorivi. Tämä mahdollistaa pääsyn <guimenu>Sovellukset</guimenu>-, <guimenu>Sijainnit</guimenu>- ja <guimenu>Järjestelmä</guimenu>-valikoihin.</para>
<note>
<para>Solaris- ja Windows-järjestelmissä vastaava näppäin on <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
</note>
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> tai <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> - käynnistää <application>Suorita</application>-valintaikkunan, jossa voit suorittaa päätekomentoja parametreilla tai ilman. Jos tiedosto tulee antaa yhtenä näistä parametreista, käytä <guilabel>Käynnistä tiedoston kanssa</guilabel> -painiketta valitaksesi halutun tiedoston sijainnin helposti. Tämä ikkuna näyttää myös vaihtoehtoisen sovellusluettelon, jossa siirtyminen voi olla helpompaa kuin Debian-järjestelmän työpöytävalikossa (<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>).</para>
<note>
<para>Solaris-järjestelmissä tämä näppäin on <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> (kuten Microsoft Windowsissa). Meta- tai super-näppäin käyttöjärjestelmälogolla varustettu vaihtonäppäin.</para>
</note>
<para><keycap>Sarkain</keycap> ja <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo> - siirrä kohdistusta sovelluksen ja säätimien välillä. Käytä <keycap>Sarkain</keycap>-näppäintä kiertääksesi eteenpäin säätimissä ja <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo> kiertääksesi taaksepäin. Säätimillä tarkoitetaan mitä tahansa käyttäjän käsiteltävissä olevaa interaktiivista kohdetta, kuten painikkeita, pudotusvalikoita, tekstikenttiä ja niin edelleen.Näppäimiä <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo> ja <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo> käytetään, jos <keycap>Sarkain</keycap>- ja <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo> -näppäinyhdistelmät ovat varattuja kohdistetun säätimen käyttöön.</para>
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo> ja <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo> - vaihda käynnissä olevien sovellusten välillä. Jos useita ohjelmia on käynnissä, niiden välillä voi kiertää eteenpäin painamalla <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo>, ja taaksepäin painamalla <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo>. <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap></keycombo> ja <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap></keycombo> vaihtavat myös sovellusten välillä, mutta ilman sovelluksen esikatseluikkunaa.</para>
</section>

<section id="sysadmin-27">
<title>Esteetön kirjautuminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>esteetön kirjautuminen</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Gnome-työpöytä sisältää esteettömän kirjautumisen ominaisuuksia. Esteetön kirjautuminen mahdollistaa:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Kirjautumisen sisään työpöydälle, vaikka käyttäjä ei pystyisi helposti käyttämään näyttöä, hiirtä tai näppäimistöä tavalliseen tapaan</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Esteettömyysohjelmien käynnistämisen kirjauduttaessa, liittäen käyttäjän tekemän toiminnon esteettömyysohjelmaan. Käyttäjä voi tehdä kyseisen toiminnon tavalliselta näppäimistöltä tai USB- tai PS/2-hiiriporttiin liitetyltä näppäimistöltä, osoitinlaitteelta tai katkaisinlaitteelta. Näitä toimintoja kutsutaan <emphasis>eletoiminnoiksi</emphasis>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Kirjautumisruudun visuaalisen ulkoasun muuttamisen ennen käyttäjän kirjautumista, esimerkiksi korkean kontrastin teeman käyttö paremman luettavuuden takaamiseksi.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>Esteettömän kirjautumisen ominaisuudet ovat tällä hetkellä 100% toimivia ainoastaan Solariksella.</para>
</note>

<section id="sysadmin-34">
<title>Esteettömän kirjautumisen käyttöönotto</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>GDM</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Käyttääksesi Gnomen esteettömyystukea, esteettömyysinfrastruktuuri tulee olla otettu käyttöön. Ottaaksesi Gnomen esteettömyysominaisuudet käyttöön komentoriviltä, kirjoita seuraava komento ja kirjaudu sitten ulos:</para>
<para>
<userinput>gconftool-2 --set "/desktop/gnome/interface/accessibility" --type boolean "True"</userinput>
</para>
<para>Ottaaksesi Gnomen esteettömyysominaisuudet käyttöön graafisella käyttöliittymällä, käynnistä <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Järjestelmä</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Asetukset</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Esteettömyystekniikat</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ylävalikosta. Valitse  <guilabel>"Käytä esteettömyysohjelmia"</guilabel> ja napsauta <guilabel>"Sulje ja kirjaudu ulos"</guilabel> -painiketta.</para>
<para>Kirjautuessasi sisään seuraavan kerran, esteettömyystekniikat ovat käytössä työpöydällä.</para>
<para>Muuttaaksesi GDM:n asetuksia graafista käyttöliittymää käyttäen (suositeltavaa), tee seuraavasti:</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Kirjaudu <literal>root</literal>-käyttäjänä eli pääkäyttäjänä.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Suorita <application>gdmsetup</application> päätteessä. Sinua saatetaan kehottaa käynnistämään järjestelmä uudelleen sovelluksesta poistumisen jälkeen.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>Jos sinulla ei ole pääsyä graafisen ympäristöön ja haluat muuttaa GDM:n asetuksia, sinun tarvitsee siirtyä tiedostojärjestelmässä ja muokata tiedostoja.</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Kirjaudu <literal>root</literal>-käyttäjänä eli pääkäyttäjänä.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Avaa tiedosto <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/custom.conf</filename></para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Etsi tiedostosta seuraava rivi:</para>
<para>
<literal>#AddGtkModules=false</literal>
</para>
<para>ja muuta se seuraavanlaiseksi:</para>
<para>
<literal>AddGtkModules=true</literal>
</para>
<para>Tämä ottaa käyttöön GtkModulesin.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Etsi tiedostosta seuraava rivi:</para>
<para>
<literal>#GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener</literal>
</para>
<para>ja poista <literal>#</literal> rivin alusta, niin että rivillä lukee:</para>
<para>
<literal>GtkModulesList=gail:atk-bridge:dwellmouselistener:keymouselistener</literal>
</para>
<note>
<para>Yllä olevien rivien tulee näkyä yksittäisinä riveinä <filename>custom.conf</filename>-tiedostossa ilman rivinvaihtoja. Tämän oppaan muotoilu voi näyttää rivit pidempinä kuin kaksi riviä.</para>
</note>
<para>Tämä askel lataa kaikki esteettömyystekniikoiden käyttöönottoon tarvittavat GtkModules-moduulit, kuten <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> sekä <application>Näytönlukija ja suurennuslasi</application>. Voit muokata yllä olevaa riviä ladataksesi vain käyttäjien tarvitsemat moduulit. Esimerkiksi:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Jos <application>Näytönlukija ja suurennuslasi</application> -sovelluksen käyttö on tarpeen, sisällytä <literal>gail</literal> ja <literal>atk-bridge</literal>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Jos painikkeettoman/vivuttoman osoitinlaitteen käyttö on tarpeen, sisällytä <literal>gail</literal>, <literal>atk-bridge</literal> ja <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>If you use pointing devices with switches, alternative physical keyboards, or switch and button devices, include <literal>keymouselistener</literal>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> toimii myös ilman <literal>gail</literal>- ja <literal>atk-bridge</literal>-moduuleita, mutta pienemmällä määrällä ominaisuuksia.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Optimaalisinta esteettömyyttä varten sisällytä <literal>gail</literal> ja <literal>atk-bridge</literal>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Tallenna <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/custom.conf</filename>-tiedosto.</para>
<note>
<para>Jos teet GDM_n käyttöönoton jälkeen muutoksia tiedostoon <filename>/etc/X11/gdm/custom.conf</filename>, voit suorittaa seuraavan komennon käynnistääksesi GDM:n uudelleen ja aktivoidaksesi muutokset:</para>
<para>
<command>gdm-restart</command>
</para>
</note>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Muokkaa tiedostoa <filename>/etc/group</filename> ja lisää seuraava <literal>audio</literal>-riville:</para>
<para>
<literal>,gdm</literal>
</para>
<para>Tämä varmistaa, että puhe toimii GDM:ssä.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Käynnistä järjestelmä uudelleen.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para><application>X-palvelin</application> tarvitaan kaikilla jakeluilla. Linuxilla ja OpenSolariksella sen tulisi olla <application>Xorg</application>. Ne löytyvät sekä polusta <filename>/etc/X11</filename> että <filename>/usr/bin</filename>. Yleisesti Linuxilla tulisi olla symbolinen linkki <filename>/etc/X11/X</filename>, joka osoittaa aina <filename>Xorg</filename>-binääriin hakemistossa <filename>/usr/bin/Xorg</filename>. OpenSolariksella löydät tämän prosessin komennolla <userinput>ps -ef | grep X</userinput>.</para>
<para>Ottaaksesi käyttöön tai pois <application>Xorg</application>-laajennuksia, muokkaa tiedostoa <filename>/etc/X11/xorg.conf</filename> ja lisää seuraavat parametrit ottaaksesi käyttöön laajennukset:</para>
<programlisting>
<computeroutput>
Section "Extensions"
  Option "Composite"         "Enable"
  Option "jokin muu laajennus"  "Enable/Disable"
EndSection
</computeroutput>
</programlisting>
</section>

<section id="sysadmin-29">
<title>Esteettömyysohjelmien käynnistäminen kirjauduttaessa</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>eleet</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Jos lataat <literal>keymouselistener</literal>- ja <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal>-Gtk-moduulit (GtkModules) GDM:n asetustiedostossa, voit liittää käyttäjän tekemiä toimintoja tiettyihin esteettömyystoimintoihin kirjauduttaessa. Näitä käyttäjän toimintoja kutsutaan eleiksi. Eleisiin liitettävät toiminnot määritellään seuraavissa GDM-asetustiedostoissa:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<filename>/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<filename>/etc/X11/gdm/modules/AccessDwellMouseEvents</filename>
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>Jos muokkaa näitä tiedostoja, järjestelmä tulee käynnistää uudelleen jotta muutokset tulevat voimaan.</para>
</note>
<para>Seuraavissa osioissa kerrotaan esimerkkejä eleistä joita voidaan lisätä GDM-asetustiedostoihin.</para>
<note>
<para>Eleet tulee sisällyttää yhdelle riville <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename>-tiedostoon ilman rivinvaihtoja. Tämän oppaan muotoilu saattaa näyttää esimerkit seuraavissa osioissa useammalla rivillä.</para>
</note>

<section id="sysadmin-30">
<title>Näytönlukijan käynnistäminen pikanäppäimellä</title>
<para>Muokkaa <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename>-tiedostoa liittääksesi pikanäppäimiä esteettömyystekniikoihin. Esimerkiksi seuraavat rivit mahdollistavat <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo>- tai <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>M</keycap></keycombo>-näppäimien painamisen ja pohjassa pitämisen (yksi sekunti) käytön puheen tai suurennuslasin käynnistämiseen:</para>
<para>
<literal>&lt;Control&gt;s 1 1000 10000 /usr/bin/orca -n -d main-window</literal>
</para>
<para>
<literal>&lt;Control&gt;m 1 1000 10000 /usr/bin/orca -n -d main-window -e magnifier</literal>
</para>
</section>

<section id="sysadmin-31">
<title>Näppäimistö näytöllä käynnistäminen vaihto- tai painike-eleellä</title>
<para>
Edit the <filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> file to associate switch, key, or button gestures with assistive technologies. Since the primary input device for many <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> 
users is a switch or button, this is a good way to enable users to start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> at login time. 
</para>
<para>
If there is a tendency for a user to start an 
application unintentionally, you can associate the gestures with multiple switch presses or minimum durations. For example, the following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in inverse scanning mode when the user presses the 
switch that is defined as Switch 2 three times within two seconds, for a minimum of 100 milliseconds for each press:
</para>
<para>
<literal>&lt;Switch2&gt;3 100 2000 gok --login --accessmethod=inversescanning --scan-action=switch1 --select-action=switch2</literal>
</para>
<para>
Users who use single switches may prefer to start <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode. The following line starts <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in automatic scanning mode when the user presses the switch on an alternative access device for more than four seconds:
</para>
<para>
<literal>&lt;Switch&gt;1 4000 5000 gok --login --accessmethod=automaticscanning --scan-action=switch1 --select-action=switch1</literal>
</para>
<para>Lisätietoja <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -sovelluksen toimintatiloista löytyy <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -sovelluksen verkko-ohjeesta.</para>
</section>

<section id="sysadmin-32">
<title>Näppäimistö näytöllä käynnistäminen vain-liike-eleellä</title>
<para>
You can define gestures that involve only the motion of a pointing device such as a mouse, or an alternative pointing device, such as a head pointer or trackball. The syntax of the gesture does not change depending on whether you are using a mouse or an alternative pointing device. Edit the 
<filename>AccessKeyMouseEvents</filename> 
file to associate motion gestures with assistive technologies.
</para>
<para>
If the <literal>dwellmouselistener</literal> GtkModule is loaded, alternative pointing devices are temporarily latched to the core pointer. This means that if the user moves the alternative pointing device, the on-screen pointer moves.
</para>
<para>
For example, the following line starts 
<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> in dwell mode when the user moves the on-screen pointer from inside the login dialog through the top edge, back into the dialog through the top edge, out of the dialog through the left edge, back into the dialog through the left edge, and similarly through the bottom and right edges of the dialog in a cross pattern:
</para>
<para>
<literal>TTLLBBRR O 10000 gok --login --access-method=dwellselection --input-device=MOUSE[3]</literal>
</para>
<para>
Note that the <literal>--input-device</literal> parameter specified in the gesture must match the name of the extended user input device, such as a head pointer or trackball, as specified in <filename>/etc/X11/XF86Config</filename>.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section id="sysadmin-33">
<title>Esteettömän kirjautumisen lisävaatimukset</title>
<para>
To enable the Accessible Login feature to use 
alternative pointing devices and switch devices such as sip-and-puff switches, wheelchair-mounted switches or trackballs, you might need to modify your X server system configuration to recognize these devices. You can use most devices that emulate mouse buttons with the Accessible Login feature and <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application>, including USB single switches and mouse-like pointing devices.
</para>
<note>
<para>Älä aseta vaihtoehtoista syötelaitetta hallitsemaan pääasiallista näytöllä olevaa osoitinta. Tämä voi johtaa ei-haluttuun osoittimen käyttäytymiseen tai johtaa tilanteisiin, joista vaihtoehtoisen syötelaitteen käyttäjä ei voi poistua ilman pääasiallisen näppäimistön tai hiiren käyttöä. Estääksesi tätä ongelmaa tapahtumasta, poista kaikki viittaukset <literal>SendCore</literal>- tai <literal>AlwaysCore</literal>-ominaisuuksiin kaikilta <literal>InputDevice</literal>-riveiltä X-palvelimen asetustiedostosta.</para>
</note>
</section>
</section>

<section id="keynav-0">
<title>Työpöydän käyttö näppäimistöltä</title>
<para>Tämä osio kertoo Gnome-työpöydän käyttämisestä vain näppäimistöltä. Käyttäjät, joilla on ongelmia hiiren tai muun osoitinlaitteen käytössä, voivat käyttää työpöytää näppäimistöllä.</para>

<section id="keynav-1">
<title>Johdanto näppäimistön avulla liikkumiseen</title>
<para>Tämä osio kertoo tärkeimmistä pikanäppäimistä, joilla voidaan käyttää työpöytää näppäimistöltä.</para>
<para>Joitain kuvatuista pikanäppäimistä voidaan muuttaa toisiksi. Tekstissä kerrotaan, mitä pikanäppäimiä voidan muuttaa. Katso lisätietoja pikanäppäinten muuttamisesta kappaleesta <xref linkend="keynav-36"/>.</para>

<section id="keynav-2">
<title>Oleellisimmat pikanäppäimet</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>oleellinen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>kohdistimella siirtymisen tila</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan oleellisimmat pikanäppäimet, joilla voidaan siirtyä työpöydällä. Tietyissä kohteissa tai säätimissä siirtyminen käsitellään tämän kappaleen eri osioissa.</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Siirrä kohdistus seuraavaan osaan tai säätimeen.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Muuta siirtymisen suuntaa ja anna kohdistus edelliselle kohteelle tai säätimelle. Yleisesti <keycap>Vaihto</keycap>-näppäin kääntää siirtymisen suunnan.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Anna kohdistus seuraavalle kohteelle tai säätimellä, jos <keycap>Sarkain</keycap>-näppäimellä on tietty tarkoitus säätimessä. Jos esimerkiksi painat <keycap>Sarkain</keycap>-näppäintä tekstilaatikossa, järjestelmä syöttää sarkainvälin.</para>
<para>Kohdistaaksesi edellisen kohteen tai säätimen, paina <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Kohteessa tai säätimessä siirtyminen.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Aktivoi kohdistettuna oleva kohde. Jos esimerkiksi painike on kohdistettuna, tämä toiminto on yhteneväinen painikkeen napsauttamiseen hiirellä.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Sulje ikkuna, valikko tai vetolaatikko.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>F7</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Vaihda kohdistimella siirtymisen tilaan. Tietotekniikassa kohdistimella siirtyminen on näppäimistöltä tapahtuvaa siirtymistä, jossa kohdistinta (tai ”tekstikursori”, tai ”tekstin valinnan kursori”) käytetään siirtymiseen tekstissä ja tekstin valitsemiseen asiakirjasta. Lisätietoja kohdistimella siirtymisestä kappaleessa <xref linkend="keynav-52"/>.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-3">
<title>Yleiset pikanäppäimet</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>yleiset</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää mitä tahansa Gnome-työpöydän osaa käytettäessä.</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap>
</keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Avaa <guimenu>Sovellukset-valikko</guimenu></para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
<note>
<para>Solaris-järjestelmissä tämä näppäin on <keycap>Ctrl-Esc</keycap> (kuten Microsoft Windowsissa).</para>
</note>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap>
</keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa <guilabel>Suorita sovellus</guilabel> -valintaikkuna.</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
<note>
<para>Solaris-järjestelmissä tämä näppäin on <keycap>Meta-R</keycap> (kuten Microsoft Windowsissa). Meta- tai super-näppäin on käyttöjärjestelmälogolla varustettu vaihtonäppäin.</para>
</note>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Print Screen</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Käynnistä kuvakaappaussovellus ja ota kuvakaappaus koko näytöstä.</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Käynnistä kuvakaappaussovellus ja ota kuvakaappaus kohdistettuna olevasta ikkunasta.</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>F1</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Jos kohdistettuna on sovellusikkuna tai valintaikkuna, tämä pikanäppäin avaa ohjeen kyseiselle sovellukselle.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap>
</keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Jos kohdistettuna on paneeli tai sovellusikkuna, tämä pikanäppäin kytkee ikkunan tai paneeliobjektin työkaluvihjeet päälle tai pois.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa ponnahdusvalikon kohdistettuna olevalle kohteelle, jos ponnahdusvalikko on olemassa kyseiselle kohteelle.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>

<section id="keynav-4">
<title>Työpöydän taustakuvassa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>työpöydän taustakuvalle</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Työpöydän taustakuva on Gnome-työpöydän se osa, jossa ei ole lainkaan käyttöliittymäkohteita eikä sovelluksia, kuten paneeleita tai ikkunoita. Seuraava taulukko luettelee pikanäppäimet, joilla voidaan siirtyä työpöydän taustakuvassa ja siellä olevissa kohteissa. Työpöydän taustan kohde on taustakuvan päällä oleva kuvake, jota voidaan käyttää tiedostojen, kansioiden tai sovellusten käynnistämiseen.</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Piilota kaikki ikkunat väliaikaisesti ja siirrä kohdistus työpöydän taustakuvaan.</para>
<para>Palauttaaksesi ikkunat, paina <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo> uudelleen.</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
<note>
<para>Solaris-järjestelmissä tämä näppäin on <keycap>Meta-D</keycap> (kuten Microsoft Windowsissa). Meta- tai super-näppäin on käyttöjärjestelmälogolla varustettu vaihtonäppäin.</para>
</note>

</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Näytä ponnahdusikkuna kuvakkeilla, jotka kuvastavat työpöydän taustaa ja paneeleita. Paina ja pidä pohjassa näppäimiä <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> ja jatka <keycap>Sarkain</keycap>-näppäimen painalluksia vaihtaaksesi kohdistusta työpöydän taustan ja paneeleiden välillä.</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<!--<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Tab</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
When the desktop background or a desktop background 
object has focus, give focus to the next desktop 
background object in alphabetical order.
</para>
</entry>
</row>-->
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Kohdista viereinen työpöydän taustakohde (jos työpöytä on kohdistettuna).</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>Merkkien sarja, joka täsmää työpöydän taustakohteen nimen ensimmäisiin <replaceable>n</replaceable> merkkiin.</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Jos työpöydän tausta on kohdistettuna, siirrä kohdistus työpöydän taustakohteelle jonka nimi alkaa annetulla merkkien sarjalla.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>F2</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Muuta kohdistettuna olevan työpöydän taustakohteen nimeä.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa kohdistettuna olevan työpöydän taustakohteen ponnahdusvalikko.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa <guimenu>Työpöydän tausta</guimenu> -valikko.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-5">
<title>Paneeleissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>paneeleille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Paneeli on alue josta voidaan suorittaa erityisohjelmia, sovelluksia ja paneelisovelluksia. Yleisin paneeli on paneeli, joka on venytetty koko näytön alareunan levyiseksi työpöydällä. Seuraava taulukko luettelee pikanäppäimet, joilla paneelien ja paneelikohteiden välillä voidaan siirtyä.</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Siirrä kohdistus paneeliin. Tämä pikanäppäin näyttää ponnahdusikkunan kuvakkeilla, jotka kuvaavat työpöydän taustakuvaa, paneeleita ja vetolaatikoita. Paina ja pidä pohjassa <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> ja jatka <keycap>Tab</keycap>-näppäimen painalluksilla vaihtaaksesi kohdistusta työpöydän taustakuvan, paneelien ja vetolaatikoiden välillä. Jos vielä lisänäppäimien painallus ei tuota ongelmia, voit lisätä pohjassa pidettäviin näppäimiin <keycap>Vaihto</keycap>-näppäimen siirtyäksesi vastakkaiseen suuntaan.</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Siirrä kohdistus seuraavan kohtaan paneelissa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>F10</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa <guimenu>Sovellukset</guimenu>-valikon, kun valikkopaneeli on kohdistettuna. Jatka <keycap>F10</keycap>-näppäimen painalluksia vaihtaaksesi kohdistusta <guimenu>Sovellukset</guimenu>-valikon ja ikkunaluettelon välillä. Tämän näppäimen toiminto voi vaihdella hieman riippuen kontekstista ja käyttäjän asetuksista.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Aktivoi paneelikohta. Esimerkiksi, avaa valikko tai suorita käynnistin (pikakuvake).</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa paneelikohteen ponnahdusvalikko.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa paneelin ponnahdusvalikko.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>

<section id="keynav-6">
<title>Paneeliobjektien siirtäminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>paneeliobjektin siirtäminen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
You can move a focused panel object to a different location on a panel or drawer, or you can move the object to the next panel. To move a panel object, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Paina <keycap>Sarkain</keycap> siirtääksesi kohdistuksen kohdeobjektiin.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Paina <keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> avataksesi paneeliobjektin ponnahdusvalikon.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Käytä nuolinäppäimiä valitaksesi <guimenuitem>Siirrä</guimenuitem> -valikkokohdan.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Käytä seuraavassa taulukossa lueteltuja pikanäppäimiä tehdäksesi siirtotoiminnon:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Siirrä objektia vasemmalle/oikealle vaakasuuntaisessa paneelissa, tai ylös/alas pystysuuntaisessa paneelissa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Vaihto</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Siirrä kohdistettua objektia, vaihtaen sijainnin vastaan tulevien muiden objektien kanssa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Siirrä objektia, vaihtaen sijainteja muiden vastaan tulevien objektien kanssa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Siirrä objekti seuraavaan paneeliin.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Viimeistele siirtotoiminto.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>Seuraavat esimerkit näyttävät eri siirtotoimintojen vaikutuksen paneelissa oleviin objekteihin:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näkymä</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Kuvaus</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_before.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
Portion of a panel with three objects  displayed in the following order from left to right: <application>Silmät</application> icon, <application>Äänenvoimakkuuden säädin</application> icon, and <application>Ohje</application> icon.
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Show a panel with three panel objects before a move operation takes place.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_arrows.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: <application>Silmät</application> icon, <application>Äänenvoimakkuuden säädin</application> icon, and <application>Ohje</application> icon. 
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Shows the effect of using the arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel application on the panel. You can use the arrow keys to move the panel application left or right until you meet the next panel 
object.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_push.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: <application>Silmät</application> icon, <application>Äänenvoimakkuuden säädin</application> icon, and <application>Ohje</application> icon.
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Shows the effect of using <keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel application on the panel. You can use the 
<keycap>Shift</keycap> + arrow keys to push the <application>Volume Control</application>
and <application>Help</application> panel objects ahead of the object that you are moving.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/move_object_jump.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
Portion of a panel with three objects displayed in the following order from left to right: <application>Äänenvoimakkuuden säädin</application> icon, <application>Ohje</application> icon, and <application>Silmät</application> icon.
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Shows the effect of using <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys to move the <application>Geyes</application> panel 
application on the panel. You can use the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + arrow keys to swap positions with the <application>Volume Control</application> and <application>Help</application> panel objects as you meet the objects.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
<note>
<para>
Panel applications that are <guilabel>Locked</guilabel> cannot be moved. To unlock a panel application, use the <guimenu>panel object</guimenu> menu and deselect the <guimenuitem>Lock to Panel</guimenuitem> option.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section id="keynav-7">
<title>Vetolaatikoissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>vetolaatikoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A drawer is a collapsible extension of a panel. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate into and out of drawers. When you open a drawer, you can navigate the contents of the drawer in the same way as you navigate a panel. See 
<xref linkend="keynav-5"/> for information about how to navigate a panel.
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Avaa tai sulkee kohdistetun vetolaatikon.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Siirtyy kohdistettuna olevaan vetolaatikkoon.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Sulkee vetolaatikon ja siirtää kohdistuksen vetolaatikko-objektiin paneelissa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<!--<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Esc
</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Gives focus to the drawer object on the panel and leaves 
the drawer open.
</para>
</entry>
</row>-->
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-8">
<title>Paneelivalikoissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>paneelien valikoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää paneeleissa olevissa valikoissa siirtymiseen:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Avaa kohdistettuna olevan valikon.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Siirtyy valikossa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Valitsee kohteen valikosta.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa valikkokohteeseen liittyvän ponnahdusvalikon (jos olemassa).</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Sulkee valikon.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-9">
<title>Paneelisovelluksissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>paneelisovellukset</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A panel application is a small application that resides on a panel. You can navigate to all panel applications and open the panel application popup menu from the keyboard. However, if the panel application does not contain controls that you can give focus to, 
you cannot navigate the controls in the panel application. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate panel applications. 
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Activate the panel application control that has focus, if applicable. Not all panel applications contain controls that you can activate. If the panel application does not contain a control that you can activate,
the <keycap>spacebar</keycap> does nothing. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Navigate the controls on the panel application.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Open the panel application popup menu. To navigate the menu, use the standard keyboard shortcuts for navigating menus. See <xref linkend="keynav-24"/> for information
about how to navigate menus.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>

<section id="keynav-10">
<title>Työtiloissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>työtiloille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A workspace is a discrete area in which you
can work. You can have many workspaces on your desktop and you can switch from one workspace to another. Each workspace can 
contain different windows and processes. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate workspaces:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> + arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next or previous workspace. This keyboard shortcut displays a popup window with icons that represent the workspaces. Press and hold  <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap></keycombo> and continue to press the arrow keys to switch the focus between the workspaces. 
</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap>
</keycombo> + arrow keys</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the window that has focus to the next or previous workspace.
</para>
<para>Tämä pikanäppäin voidaan muuttaa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-11">
<title>Ikkunoiden välillä siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>ikkunoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The following sections describe the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate windows. A window is a rectangular frame on your screen that displays an application.
</para>
<note>
<para>
You can customize all of the keyboard shortcuts that are associated with navigating windows. See <xref linkend="keynav-10"/> for more information.
</para>
</note>

<section id="keynav-12">
<title>Ikkunoiden kohdistaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>ikkunan kohdistaminen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
Before you can use or modify a window, you must give focus to the window. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to give focus to a window:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Display a popup window with icons that represent each window. Press and hold <keycap>Alt</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Tab</keycap> to move through the windows until you reach the window you want to have focus.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Esc</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Raise each window in turn until you reach the window you want.
</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F6
</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Cycle between windows belonging to the current application (eg, a multiple document interface application like <application>Text Editor</application>).
</para>
</entry>
</row>


</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-13">
<title>Ikkunoiden hallinta</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>ikkunan hallinta</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Kun ikkuna on kohdistettuna, sille voidaan tehdä erilaisia toimintoja. Seuraava taulukko luettelee pikanäppäimet, joilla kohdistettua ikkunaa voidaan hallita:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>välilyönti</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Avaa <guimenu>Ikkunavalikon</guimenu>.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Sulkee ikkunan.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<emphasis>Solaris:</emphasis>
<keycap>Open</keycap>
</para>
<para><emphasis>Linux:</emphasis><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Pienentää ikkunan.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Suurentaa ikkunan.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Palauttaa suurennetun ikkunan alkuperäiseen kokoonsa.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-14">
<title>Ikkunoiden siirtäminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>ikkunan siirtäminen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
When a window has focus, you can move the window around the screen. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to move a window:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Start the move operation. The mouse pointer changes to a cross. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the window 10 pixels at a time in the direction of the arrow key.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the window one pixel at a time in the direction of the arrow key.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Vaihto</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the window in the direction of the arrow key and align it with the edge of the nearest window, panel or screen edge.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Complete the move operation, leaving the window in the current position.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Cancel the move operation, restoring the window to its original position.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-15">
<title>Ikkunoiden koon muuttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>ikkunan koon muuttaminen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
When a window has focus, you can increase or
decrease the size of the window. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts
that you can use to resize the window that has focus:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
<keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Start the resize operation.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Resize the window in the direction of the arrow key.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Complete the resize operation, leaving the window at the current size.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Cancel the resize operation, restoring the window to its original size.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-16">
<title>Paneeli-ikkunoissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>paneeli-ikkunoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A paned window is a window that is split into
two or more panes. <application>Help Browser</application> is an example of an application that uses paned windows. 
</para>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää paneeli-ikkunoissa / jaetuissa ikkunoissa siirtymiseen:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>F6</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next pane. The system gives focus to the control that last had focus in the pane. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>F8</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the first resize handle in the window. The resize handle is displayed between the panes and enables you to resize the panes. Press <keycap>F8</keycap> again to give focus to the next resize handle.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
<para>
When the resize handle has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following table to modify the paned window:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the resize handle by a small amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the resize handle by a large amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Home</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Contract the pane to the minimum size allowed. 
</para>
<para>
For vertical panes, reduces the size of the pane to the left of the resize handle to the minimum size allowed.  
</para>
<para>
For horizontal panes, reduces the size of the pane above the resize handle to the minimum size allowed.  
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>End</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Expand the pane to the maximum size allowed. 
</para>
<para>
For vertical panes, increases the size of the pane to the left of the resize handle to the maximum size allowed.  
</para>
<para>
For horizontal panes, increases the size of the pane above the resize handle to the maximum size allowed.  
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Set the position of the resize handle and return focus to the last control that had focus.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Reset the position of the resize handle to the original position and return focus to the last control that had focus.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>

<section id="keynav-17">
<title>Sovelluksissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>sovelluksille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Sovellus on mikä tahansa ohjelma, työkalu tai muu ohjelmapaketti, jota suoritetaan työpöydällä. Sovellukset sisältävät standardeja käyttöliittymän osia:</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Ikkunat</term>
<listitem>
<para>Ikkuna on suorakulmion muotoinen kehys näytöllä, joka näyttää sovelluksen. Lisätietoja ikkunoissa siirtymisestä kappaleessa <xref linkend="keynav-11"/></para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Valintaikkunat</term>
<listitem>
<para>Valintaikkuna on ponnahdusikkuna, joka näyttää tietoja tai hyväksyy syötteitä käyttäjältä. Lisätietoja valintaikkunoissa siirtymisestä kappaleessa <xref linkend="keynav-19"/>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Säätimet</term>
<listitem>
<para>Säädin on mikä tahansa interaktiivinen kohde. Esimerkkejä ovat painikkeet, valintaruudut, valikot ja tekstilaatikot. Tarkempia lisätietoja erilaisissa säädintyypeissä siirtymisestä kappaleessa <xref linkend="keynav-23"/>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>Tämä osio kertoo tärkeimmistä pikanäppäimistä, joilla voidaan käyttää sovelluksia ja valintaikkunoita.</para>

<section id="keynav-18">
<title>Tärkeimmät pikanäppäimet sovelluksissa siirtymiseen</title>
<anchor id="keynav-22"/>
<para>
Since there are so many applications that you can use in the GNOME Desktop, this manual does not describe all the custom keyboard shortcuts that you can use with each individual application. However, the basic keyboard shortcuts are common to many applications.
</para>
<para>
Access keys are another way to quickly navigate applications with the keyboard. An access key is identified by an underlined letter on a menu or control. In some cases, you must press <keycap>Alt</keycap> in combination with the access key to perform an action.
</para>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan tärkeimmät pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää sovelluksissa siirtymiseen:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>F10</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Avaa sovelluksen valikkopalkin ensimmäisen valikon.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Alt</keycap> + valintanäppäin</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Avaa valintanäppäimeen liitetyn valikon.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>valintanäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Valitsee valintanäppäimeen liitetyn valikkokohdan.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>vasen nuoli</keycap> ja <keycap>oikea nuoli</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Vaihda kohdistusta valikkopalkin valikoiden välillä.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>nuoli ylös</keycap> ja <keycap>nuoli alas</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Siirrä kohdistus valikkoon.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Sulje avoinna oleva valikko ja siirrä kohdistus säätimeen, jolla kohdistus oli ennen valikkopalkkia.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Avaa tiedoston valinnan valintaikkunan</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>S</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Avaa Tallenna-valintaikkunan.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>L</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Avaa Sijainti-valintaikkunan, voidaan kirjoittaa avattavan tai tallennettavan tiedoston nimi.</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>P</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Avaa Tulosta-valintaikkunan, jos saatavilla.</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>C</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Kopioi korostetun tekstin yleiselle, sovellustenväliselle leikepöydälle.</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>X</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Leikkaa korostetun tekstin yleiselle, sovellustenväliselle leikepöydälle.</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>V</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>Liittää tekstin yleiseltä, sovellustenväliseltä leikepöydältä nykyiseen kohdistimen sijaintiin.</para>
</entry>
</row>

</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-19">
<title>Tärkeimmät pikanäppäimet valintaikkunoissa siirtymiseen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>valintaikkunoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan tärkeimmät pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää valinta-ikkunoissa siirtymiseen:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
<keycap>valintanäppäin</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Aktivoi tai valitsee säätimen.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Kohdistaa seuraavaan säätimeen.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move to the next page/tabbed section of the dialog.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move to the previous page/tabbed section of the dialog.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Cancel/dismiss the dialog. Some application-specific dialogs may retain dialog settings, but this practice is discouraged. These dialogs usually have a single <guilabel>Close</guilabel> button, with no <guilabel>Ok/Accept</guilabel> buttons.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Return</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Perform the default action for the dialog. The default action will usually apply any changes and close the dialog. A default button will have a bold outline and a selected button will have a slightly bolder outline than the default button.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>

<section id="keynav-20">
<title>Tiedostonhallinnassa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>tiedostonhallinnalle</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
By default, the file manager operates in 
<guilabel>Spatial</guilabel> mode. This mode uses separate windows for each folder. Conversely, <guilabel>Browser</guilabel> mode will reuse the same window for each folder.
</para>
<note>
<para>
For more information about different modes for the file manager, see <ulink url="ghelp:user-guide?nautilus-presentation">
the user guide</ulink>.
</para>
</note>

<section id="keynav-spatial">
<title>Kansioissa siirtyminen</title>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joilla voidaan siirtyä kansioissa tiedostonhallinnassa:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Select the next or previous file or folder in the direction of the arrow key.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next or previous file or folder but do not select the item. This allows multiple, non-contiguous blocks of files to be selected.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Open the focused file or folder.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> +
<keycap>spacebar</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the item that currently has focus.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
A sequence of characters that matches the first <replaceable>n</replaceable> characters of a filename.
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the first file or folder that starts with the specified sequence of characters.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Home</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the first file or folder within the current folder.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>End</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the last file or folder within the current folder.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>backspace</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Open the current folder's parent folder.
</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Vaihto-F10</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Open a file or folder popup menu.
</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Ctrl-F10</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Open the enclosing folder's popup menu (equivalent to right-clicking on the view pane background).
</para>
</entry>
</row>

</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-navigational">
<title>Selainikkunakomponteissa siirtyminen</title>
<anchor id="keynav-21"/>
<para>
When operating in <guilabel>Browser</guilabel> mode, the file manager window 
contains several components, with keyboard shortcuts defined to navigate each component: 
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>F6</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Switch focus between the side pane and the view pane.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Open the side pane popup menu.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>

<section id="keynav-52">
<title>Kohdistimella siirtymisen tila</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>kohdistimella siirtymisen tila</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The following table describes how to use caret navigation mode (eg, in supporting applications like <application>Yelp</application>, <application>Evolution</application>, <application>Epiphany</application>, or <application>Firefox</application>). In computing, caret navigation is a kind of keyboard navigation where a caret (also known as "text cursor", "text insertion cursor", or "text selection cursor") is used to navigate and select text within a document.
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>F7</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Switch to caret navigation mode [Yelp-only]. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>left arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move one character to the left.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>right arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move one character to the right.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>up arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move up one line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>down arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move down one line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + left arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move to the beginning of the previous word.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + right arrow</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move to the end of the next word.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Scroll up one page of content.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Scroll down one page of content.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>Home</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move to the beginning of the current line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>End</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move to the end of the current line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycap>Vaihto</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move from the current position to the destination position, selecting all text between the two positions.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move focus to the next focusable control.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Move focus to the previous focusable control.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para>
<keycap>Enter</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Activate a button, link or other control.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-23">
<title>Standardikohteissa ja -elementeissä siirtyminen</title>
<para>
The following sections describe how to navigate and use standard user interface elements and controls from the keyboard.
</para>

<section id="keynav-24">
<title>Valikoissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>valikoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää valikoissa siirtymiseen:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycap>nuoli ylös</keycap> ja <keycap>nuoli alas</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next or previous menu item on a menu.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>right arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
If the menu item that has focus is a submenu, open the submenu and give focus to the first menu item on the submenu.
</para>
<para>
If the menu item that has focus is not a submenu, open the next menu on the menubar.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>left arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
If the menu item that has focus is a submenu item, switch the focus back to the submenu.
</para>
<para>
If the menu item that has focus is not a submenu item, open the previous menu on the menubar.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Return</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the focused menu item and close the open menus.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>valintanäppäin</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the menu item that is associated with the access key and close the menu.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the focused menu item and close the menu except when the menu item is a check box or radio button.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Close the menu.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-25">
<title>Painikkeissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>painikkeille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A button is a control that you use to start an action. Most buttons are rectangular and contain a text label. 
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-39">
<title>Sample Button</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/button.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Close button.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää painikkeissa siirtymiseen:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Activate the button that has focus. This is the equivalent of clicking on the button.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Return</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Activate the button that has focus or, if no button has focus, perform the default action for the dialog.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
<section id="keynav-26">

<title>Valintanapeissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>valintanapeille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A radio button is a control that you use to select one of several mutually-exclusive options. 
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-40">
<title>Sample Radio Button</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/radio_button.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Two sample radio buttons.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joilla voidaan siirtyä valintanappien välillä:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Select the next or previous radio button and deselect the other radio buttons in the group.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-27">
<title>Valintaruuduissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>valintaruuduille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A check box is a control that you use to select or deselect an option.
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-41">
<title>Sample Check Box</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/check_box.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Sample check box.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joilla voidaan siirtyä valintaruudussa:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Select or deselect the check box.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-28">
<title>Tekstilaatikoissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>tekstilaatikoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
Text boxes are controls in which you type text.
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-42">
<title>Sample Single Line Text Box</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/text_box.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Sample text box with one input line.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joilla voidaan siirtyä tekstilaatikon yhdellä rivillä:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>left arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor one character to the left.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>right arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor one character to the right.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the start of the current word. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>left arrow</keycap> to position the cursor at the start of the previous word.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>right arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the end of the current word. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>right arrow</keycap> to position the cursor at the end of the next word.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Home</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the start of the line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>End</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the end of the line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
<keycap>left arrow</keycap></keycombo> or 
<keycap>right arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select one character at a time to the left or right of the cursor.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap>
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>left arrow
</keycap></keycombo> or <keycap>right arrow
</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select one word at a time to the left or right of the cursor.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all text to the left of the cursor.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all text to the right of the cursor.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all text in the text box.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
<para>
In addition to the keyboard shortcuts listed in the previous table, use the keyboard shortcuts in the following table to navigate multi-line text boxes:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the top of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> again to position the cursor at the top of the previous view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the end of the current view. Press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> 
again to position the cursor at the end of the previous view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>up arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the start of the current paragraph. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>up arrow</keycap> key to position the cursor at the start of the previous 
paragraph.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the end of the current paragraph. Press and hold <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and continue to press the <keycap>down arrow</keycap> key to position the cursor at the end of the next 
paragraph.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor one view width to the left.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor one view width to the right.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the start of the text box.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Position the cursor at the end of the text box.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next control on the dialog.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the start of the current view. Press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> to extend the selection to the start of the previous view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the end of the current view. Press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> and continue to press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> to extend the selection to the end of the next view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the start of the line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the end of the line.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>up arrow</keycap>
</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the start of the paragraph, then to the start of the previous paragraph.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow</keycap>
</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the end of the paragraph, then to the end of the next paragraph.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap>
</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the start of the text box.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>End</keycap>
</keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the text to the end of the text box.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-29">
<title>Säätimissä siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>säätimille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A spin box is a control that allows you to type a numeric value or select a value from a list of all possible values. 
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-43">
<title>Sample Spin Box</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/spin_box.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Sample spin box. Contains a text box and up and down arrows.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>
The keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the text box area of a spin box are listed in <xref linkend="keynav-28"/>. The following table lists the keyboard shortcuts that you can use to navigate the up and down arrows in the spin box:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>up arrow</keycap> or <keycap>down arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Increase or decrease the value of the spin box by a small amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Page Up</keycap>
or <keycap>Page Down</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Increase or decrease the value of the spin box by a large amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-30">
<title>Pudotusvalikoissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>pudotusvalikoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A drop-down list is a control that you use to
select one of several available items. The drop-down list contains a button that you use to display the available items. 
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-44">
<title>Sample Drop-Down List</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/dropdown_list_box.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Sample drop-down list.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää pudotusvalikossa siirtymiseen:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
This key performs one of the following functions:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
If the drop-down list is not open, this key opens the drop-down list.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
If the drop-down list is open, this key accepts the current selection and closes the list. 
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>up arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the previous list item.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>down arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the next list item.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Esc</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Close the list without changing the selection.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-31">
<title>Pudotusmonivalintalaatikoissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>pudotusmonivalintalaatikoille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A drop-down combination box is a text box
with a drop-down list attached.
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-45">
<title>Sample Drop-Down Combination Box</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/dropdown_combination_box.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
Sample drop-down combination box. Contains a text box and an arrow button that you click to display the drop-down list.
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>
When the text box has focus, use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in <xref linkend="keynav-28"/> to navigate the text box area. When the text box has focus, 
you can also use the keyboard shortcuts in the following table to navigate the drop-down list area:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>up arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Select the previous item from the drop-down list without displaying the list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>down arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the next item from the drop-down list without displaying the list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>down arrow</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Open the drop-down list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
<para>
When the drop-down list has focus, you can use the keyboard shortcuts that are listed in the following table to navigate the drop-down list:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>up arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Select the previous list item.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>down arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the next list item.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Home</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the first item in the list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>End</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the last item in the list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the item at the top of the current list view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the item at the bottom of the current list view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Accept the current selection and close the drop-down list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Scroll to the left of the list, if required.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Scroll to the right of the list, if required.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-32">
<title>Liukusäätimissä siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>liukusäätimille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Liukusäädin on säädin, jota käytetään valitsemaan tietty arvo säätimeen asetettujen rajojen väliltä.</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-46">
<title>Esimerkkiliukusäädin</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/slider.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Esimerkkilukusäädin. Näyttää liukusäätimen jota voidaan siirtää vasemmalle tai oikealle.</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää liukusäätimessä siirtymiseen.</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycap>left arrow</keycap> or <keycap>up arrow
</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Move the slider left or up by a small amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>right arrow</keycap>
or <keycap>down arrow</keycap></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the slider right or down by a small amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the slider left or up by a large amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the slider right or down by a large amount.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Home</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the slider to the maximum value.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>End</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Move the slider to the minimum value.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-33">
<title>Välilehdellisissä osissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>välilehdellisille osille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-47">
<title>Esimerkkivalintaikkuna välilehdillä</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/tabbed_section.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
Editing profile dialog from the GNOME <application>Pääte</application> application; contains six tabbed sections.
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>
Windows and dialogs are sometimes divided into logical sections that are displayed one section at a time on the window or dialog. The overall control is referred to as a notebook or tabbed panel. The divisions are called panels, pages, or tabs, and are sometimes collectively referred to as a tabstrip or notebook header. Each individual tab is identified by a text label.
</para>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää ikkunan tai valintaikkunan välilehdellisissä osissa siirtymiseen, kun välilehtirivi on kohdistettuna:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>left arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the previous tabbed section.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>right arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next tabbed section.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Tab</keycap> or<keycombo>
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>down arrow
</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the first control in the active section.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää ikkunassa tai valintaikkunassa siirtymiseen, kun sen osassa oleva säädin on kohdistettuna:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the previous section. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next section.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next control outside the sections.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-34">
<title>Luetteloissa siirtyminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>luetteloille</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää monisarakkeisissa luetteloissa siirtymiseen, kun sarakkeen otsikko on kohdistettuna:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>left arrow</keycap> or <keycap>right arrow</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the previous or next column header.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>välilyönti</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Activate the header. This action usually sorts the list by the column header.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the list contents.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
<para>Seuraavassa taulukossa luetellaan pikanäppäimet, joita voidaan käyttää luetteloissa siirtymiseen, kun luetteloalue on kohdistettuna:</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Select the next or previous row or column.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the top row of the list contents that are currently in view. Press <keycap>Page Up</keycap> again to select the top row of the previous view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the bottom row of the list contents that are currently in view. Press <keycap>Page Down</keycap> again to select the bottom row of the next view.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Home</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the first row in the list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>End</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the last row in the list.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Vaihto</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
For lists that support multi-line selections, add the next or previous row or column to the current selection.
</para>
<para>
For lists that only allow single line selections, select the next or previous row or column.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all the rows between the current selection and the top row of the view. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all the rows between the current selection and the bottom row of the view. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all the rows between the current selection and the first row in the list. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all the rows between the current selection and the last row in the list. 
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + nuolinäppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the next row or column without extending the selection. Further items can be selected by pressing <keycap>spacebar</keycap>.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Up</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the top row in the view without extending the selection.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Page Down</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the bottom row in the view without extending the selection.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the first row in the list without extending the selection.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the last row in the list without extending the selection.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>Return</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Activate the item(s).
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>A</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select all rows (for lists that support multi-line selections).
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Vaihto</keycap>
<keycap>Sarkain</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Give focus to the column header, if applicable.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>

<section id="keynav-35">
<title>Puunäkymissä siirtyminen</title>
<para>
A tree is a user interface control that contains sections that you can expand and collapse. A tree usually represents a hierarchical structure.
</para>
<figure id="keynav-FIG-48">
<title>Sample Tree Structure</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/tree.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
Categories tree from the <application>gedit</application> preferences dialog; contains three subcategories.
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</figure>
<para>
To navigate trees, you can use the same keyboard shortcuts that are listed in 
<xref linkend="keynav-34"/>. In addition, the following table lists the keyboard shortcuts you can use for the tree items:
</para>
<informaltable frame="topbot">
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="67*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Näppäimet</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Toiminto</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><keycap>+</keycap> (plus) tai <keycombo><keycap>vaihto</keycap><keycap>oikea</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Expand the focused item.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para><keycap>-</keycap> (miinus) tai <keycombo><keycap>vaihto</keycap><keycap>vasen</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Collapse the focused item.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<keycap>backspace</keycap>
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Select the parent item.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<para><keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo></para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1">
<para>
Display a search dialog, allowing you to type the name of the tree item that you want to find. Not all trees support searching.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</informaltable>
</section>
</section>

<section id="keynav-36">
<title>Pikanäppäimien mukauttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>pikanäppäimet</primary>
<secondary>mukauttaminen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
Use the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts</application> preference tool to display the default keyboard shortcuts that you use to navigate the GNOME Desktop. You can customize the default keyboard shortcuts to meet your requirements. You can also create hot keys (keyboard shortcuts which start applications).
</para>
<para>
To start the <application>Keyboard Shortcuts
</application> preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences
</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard Shortcuts
</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>
Desktop shortcuts</guilabel> table lists the keyboard shortcuts that are associated with each action.
</para>

<!--commenting out old irrelevant Solaris-only method...
<section id="keynav-49">
<title>Customizing Keyboard Shortcuts on Solaris Systems</title>
<para>
To customize a keyboard shortcut on a Solaris system, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the keyboard shortcut in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column. The text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press the keys that you want to associate with the action. The new keyboard shortcut is displayed in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
To disable a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the keyboard shortcut in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column. The text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press the <keycap>backspace</keycap>. The keyboard shortcut is disabled.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
-->

<section id="keynav-50">
<title>Pikanäppäimien valitseminen ja tyhjentäminen</title>
<para>Valitaksesi pikanäppäimen, tee seuraavasti:</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the action for which you want to customize the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press the keys that you want to associate with the action. The new keyboard shortcut is displayed in the <guilabel>Shortcut</guilabel> column.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
To disable a keyboard shortcut, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the action for which you want to disable the keyboard shortcut. The row is highlighted and the text <quote>Type a new accelerator, or press Backspace to clear</quote> is displayed in the Shortcut column.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press the <keycap>backspace</keycap>. The keyboard shortcut is disabled.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>
</section>
</chapter>

<chapter id="low-vision">
<title>Heikko näkö tai sokeus</title>
<para>Näkörajoitteisuudet vaihtelevat laajalti, heikosta näöstä sokeuteen. Heikon näön oireita ovat muiden muassa hämäryys, sumeus, kärjistynyt kauko- tai lähinäkö, värisokeus ja tunnelinäkö. Ihmiset, joilla on kyseisiä rajoitteita, ovat kiinnostuneita tekstin ja kuvien näkymisestä tietokoneen ruudulla ja toimintojen, kuten hiiren siirtämisen, onnistumisesta halutuin tuloksin. Tekstin koko ja väri voivat vaikuttaa huomattavasti sen luettavuuteen näkörajoitteisille ihmisille.</para>
<para>Heikon näön tai sokeuden kanssa voivat auttaa seuraavat tekniikat:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Työpöydän ulkoasun parantaminen</emphasis> – työpöytä voidaan muuttaa helppolukuisemmaksi esimerkiksi suurentamalla tekstin kokoa tai käyttämällä korkean kontrastin teemoja.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Näytön suurennuslasi</emphasis> – toimii kuten tavallinen suurennuslasi. Tekniikkaa käytettäessä voidaan hallita mitä osaa tietokoneen näytöstä näytetään suurennettuna ja siirtää kohdistusta eri näytön alueille. Tekniikka tunnetaan myös näytön suurentajana.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Näytönlukija</emphasis> – käsittelee näytöllä näkyvän tiedon syntesisoiduksi puheeksi tai pistekirjoitukseksi. Vain tekstipohjainen tieto voidaan yleensä käsitellä. Kuvamateriaali ja muu materiaali voidaan esittää, jos kohteelle on vaihtoehtoinen kuvausteksti. Näytönlukijoita käytetään yleisesti esteettömyysapuohjelmina sokeille.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>


<section id="themes-0">
<title>Työpöydän ulkoasun parantaminen</title>
<para>Tässä kappaleessa kerrotaan tavoista muuttaa Gnome-työpöydän ulkoasua niin, että se on käytettävämpi ihmisille, joilla on näkörajoitteita.</para>

<section id="themes-1">
<title>Mukautusvalinnat</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>työpöydän ulkoasun mukauttaminen</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Gnome-työpöydän ulkoasua voidaan mukauttaa tarpeiden mukaan useilla erilaisilla tavoilla:</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Teemat</term>
<listitem>
<para>Teemat ovat tehokkain tapa muuttaa työpöydän ulkoasua yhteneväisellä tavalla. Lisätietoja teemoista ja teemojen käyttämisestä halutunlaisen työpöytäympäristön saavuttamiseksi kappaleessa <xref linkend="themes-2"/>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Työpöytä- ja sovelluskohtaiset asetukset</term>
<listitem>
<para>Voit mukauttaa työpöydän eri osia saavuttaaksesi halutut näyttöasetukset. Työpöydän ja sovelluksien asetuksia voi muuttaa teemojen käytön lisäksi tai sijasta. Lisätietoja kappaleessa <xref linkend="themes-7"/>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<para>Seuraava taulukko on yhteenveto muutoksista, joita Gnome-työpöydälle voidaan tehdä. Se kertoo myös missä muutokset tehdään. Tämä opas ei tarjoa tarkkoja ohjeita siitä, kuinka mukauttaa työpöytää. Tarkemmat ohjeet työpöydän tarjoamista mukautustyökaluista ovat tarjolla kunkin työkalun ohjeista tai Gnomen yleisestä <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs">käyttöoppaasta</ulink>.</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="themes-TBL-1">
<title>Pikaohje työpöydän ulkoasun mukauttamiseen</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50%"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50%"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Muuttaaksesi...</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Käytä...</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Työpöydän yleistä ulkoasua käyttäen korkean tai alhaisen kontrastin värejä, tai suurta tulostuskokoa.</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para><application>Ulkoasu</application>-asetustyökalun <guilabel>Teema</guilabel>-osiota.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Vain työpöydän taustakuvaa.</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para><application>Ulkoasu</application>-asetustyökalun <guilabel>Taustakuva</guilabel>-osiota. Myös tiedostonhallinnan <guilabel>Taustat ja tunnusmerkit</guilabel> -valikkokohta.</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Hiiren osoittimen ulkoasua.</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para><guilabel>Teema</guilabel>-osio <application>Ulkoasu</application>-asetustyökalussa. Käytä <guilabel>Osoitin</guilabel>-välilehteä <guilabel>Oma...</guilabel>-valinnan takaa.</para>
</entry>
</row>

<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Työpöydän taustalla ja kaikissa työpöytäsovelluksissa käytettävää kirjasinta.</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para><application>Ulkoasu</application>-asetustyökalun <guilabel>Kirjasimet</guilabel>-osiota.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para><application>Tekstieditorin</application>, <application>Päätteen</application> tai <application>Ohje</application>-sovelluksen oletuskirjasinta.</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Tavallisesti nämä sovellukset käyttävät <application>Ulkoasu</application>-asetustyökalun <guilabel>Kirjasimet</guilabel>-osiossa määriteltyä oletussovelluskirjasinta, mutta asetukset voidaan myös ohittaa sovelluksen <guilabel>Asetukset</guilabel>-valintaikkunan avulla.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>

<section id="themes-2">
<title>Teemojen käyttäminen työpöydän mukauttamiseen</title>
<para>Tämä kappale kertoo, kuinka käyttää teemoja Gnome-työpöydän ulkoasun muuttamiseen.</para>

<section id="themes-3">
<title>Johdanto teemoihin</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>teemat</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A theme is a group of coordinated settings that specifies how a desktop component or a group of desktop components appears. You can use themes to modify and control the appearance of the desktop in a consistent manner. When you apply a theme, the system modifies many desktop components simultaneously to achieve the desired effect. For example, if you apply a theme that increases the font size across the desktop, the theme also modifies the size of panels and icons on the desktop for optimum compatibility with the font size. Some themes have suggested font settings that may optionally be auto-set; in addition, most colors within a theme can be customized.
</para>
<para>Teema sisältää asetuksia, jotka vaikuttavat työpöydän eri osiin:</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Säätimet</term>
<listitem>
<para>
The controls setting for a theme determines the visual appearance of all windows, applications, panels, and panel applications. The controls setting also determines the visual appearance of the GNOME-compliant interface items that appear on windows, applications, panels, and panel applications such as menus, icons, and buttons. Some of the control options that are available in the desktop are designed for special accessibility needs.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Ikkunoiden reunat</term>
<listitem>
<para>Ikkunoiden reunan asetus määrittelee vain ikkunoiden ympärillä olevien reunojen ulkoasun.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Kuvakkeet</term>
<listitem>
<para>Kuvakkeiden asetus määrittelee työpöydän taustalla ja paneeleissa olevien kuvakkeiden ulkonäön.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</section>

<section id="themes-4">
<title>Teemojen valitseminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>teemat</primary>
<secondary>työpöytä</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Valitaksesi teeman, tee seuraavasti:</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Valitse <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Järjestelmä</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Asetukset</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Ulkoasu</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Teemat ovat lueteltu <guilabel>Teema</guilabel>-välilehdellä.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Napsauta teemaa luettelolaatikosta valitaksesi uuden teeman. Järjestelmä toteuttaa teeman automaattisesti työpöydälle, ja voi myös kysyä otetaanko teeman ehdottama kirjasin käyttöön.</para>
<para>Eri teemat sopivat eri esteettömyystarpeisiin seuraavan taulukon kuvaamilla tavoilla:</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="themes-TBL-2">
<title>Esteettömyys huomioon ottaen suunnitellut teemat</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Teeman nimi</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Kuvaus</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>Suuri kontrasti</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Tarjoaa tummaa tekstiä vaalealla taustalla, korkean kontrastin väreillä.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>Suuri kontrasti (käänteinen)</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Tarjoaa vaaleaa tekstiä tummalla taustalla, korkean kontrastin väreillä.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>Suurikokoinen</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Tämä teema suosittaa kasvatettua 18 pisteen kirjasinkokoa. Tausta- ja edustavärit ovat samat, jotka on määritelty <guilabel>Oletus</guilabel>-työpöytäteemassa. Käyttääksesi suositeltua kirjasinta, napsauta <guibutton>Käytä kirjasinta</guibutton> -painiketta.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>Suuri kontrasti suurikokoisena</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Tämä teema suosittaa kasvatettua 18 pisteen kirjasinkokoa, käyttäen tummaa tekstiä vaalealla taustalla. Käyttääksesi suositeltua kirjasinta, napsauta <guibutton>Käytä kirjasinta</guibutton> -painiketta.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>Suuri kontrasti suurikokoisena (käänteinen)</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Tämä teema suosittaa kasvatettua 18 pisteen kirjasinkokoa, käyttäen vaaleaa tekstiä tummalla taustalla. Käyttääksesi suositeltua kirjasinta, napsauta <guibutton>Käytä kirjasinta</guibutton> -painiketta.</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
In some GNOME distributions there are also prebuilt low-contrast/low-contrast-large-print themes to complement the high-contrast theme set.
</para>
<para>
To view the controls, window frame, and icon settings that are associated with a theme, select a theme in the <guilabel>Appearance </guilabel> preference tool, then click on the <guibutton>Theme</guibutton> tab. The <guilabel>Customize</guilabel> option contains a tabbed section for each setting category. Each tabbed section lists the options that are available and the current setting for the theme is highlighted. 
</para>
</section>

<section id="themes-20">
<title>Teeman Säätimet-asetuksen muuttaminen</title>
<para>
To modify the controls setting that is associated with a theme, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Within the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab, select the theme that you want to modify.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guilabel>Controls</guilabel> tab to display the controls options that are available.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the controls option that you want to associate with the current theme from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The following table lists the controls options that are suitable for accessibility needs: 
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<table frame="topbot">
<title>Controls Options Designed for Accessibility Requirements
</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Control Option</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Kuvaus</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrast</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Tarjoaa tummaa tekstiä vaalealla taustalla, korkean kontrastin väreillä.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrastInverse</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Tarjoaa vaaleaa tekstiä tummalla taustalla, korkean kontrastin väreillä.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>LargePrint</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool. The background and foreground colors are the same as those 
specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel> desktop theme.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrastLargePrint</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Provides dark text on a light background using high-contrast colors. Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrastLargePrintInverse</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Provides light text on a dark background using high-contrast colors. Increases the size of controls to accommodate larger fonts. To increase the font size, you must use the <application>Font</application> preference tool.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>

<section id="themes-5">
<title>Teeman Ikkunoiden reunat -asetuksen muuttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>teemat</primary>
<secondary>ikkunan reuna</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
To modify the window border setting that is associated with a theme, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
In the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool, choose the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab and the theme you want to modify. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guilabel>Window Border</guilabel> tab to display the window frame options that are available. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the window frame option that you want to associate with the current theme from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Atlanta</guilabel> option is designed for accessibility. 
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="themes-19">
<title>Teeman Kuvakkeet-asetuksen muuttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>teemat</primary>
<secondary>kuvake</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
To modify the icon setting that is associated with a theme, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
In the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool, choose the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab and select the theme that you want to modify. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel> tab to display the icon options that are available. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the icon option that you want to associate with the theme from the list box, then click <guibutton>Close</guibutton>. The following table lists the icon options that are suitable for accessibility needs:
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<table frame="topbot">
<title>Icon Options Designed for Accessibility Requirements
</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>Icon Option</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Kuvaus</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrast</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Provides dark-on-light icons using high-contrast colors.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrastInverse</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Provides light-on-dark icons using high-contrast colors.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<!--<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>LargePrint</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
The background and foreground colors are the same as 
those specified by the <guilabel>Default</guilabel> 
desktop theme. To increase the font size, you must use 
the <application>Font</application> Preference tool.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrastLargePrint</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Provides dark text on a light background using 
high-contrast colors. To increase the font size, you 
must use the <application>Font</application> Preference 
tool.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>HighContrastLargePrintInverse</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Provides light text on a dark background using 
high-contrast colors. To increase the font size, you 
must use the <application>Font</application> Preference 
tool.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>
<guilabel>LowContrastLargePrint</guilabel> 
</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Uses low-contrast colors for the background and 
foreground text. To increase the font size, you must use
the <application>Font</application> Preference tool.
</para>
</entry>
</row>-->
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>

<section id="themes-6">
<title>Omien teemojen luominen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>teemat</primary>
<secondary>oman luonti</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Lisätietoja omien teemojen luonnista <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:system-admin-guide?themes-0"> Järjestelmän ylläpidon oppaassa</ulink>.</para>
</section>
</section>

<section id="themes-7">
<title>Tiettyjen työpöydän osien mukauttaminen</title>
<para>Tämä kappale kertoo tiettyjen Gnome-työpöydän osien mukauttamisesta yksitellen.</para>

<section id="themes-8">
<title>Työpöydän taustakuvan mukauttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>työpöydän ulkoasun mukauttaminen</primary>
<secondary>työpöydän taustakuva</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Teemat eivät vaikuta työpöydän taustakuvaan. Valitaksesi työpöydän taustakuvan, valitse <menuchoice><guimenu>Järjestelmä</guimenu><guisubmenu>Asetukset</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Ulkoasu</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ja valitse taustakuva <guilabel>Taustakuva</guilabel>-välilehdeltä. Jos taustakuvaa ei ole valittu, ensimmäistä tällä välilehdellä lueteltua kuvaa saatetaan käyttää.</para>
</section>

<section id="themes-9">
<title>Työpöydän taustakuvakohteiden mukauttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>työpöydän ulkoasun mukauttaminen</primary>
<secondary>työpöydän taustakuvakohteet</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The size of the icons that are displayed on the desktop background is controlled by the <application>File Management</application> preference tool. To change the size of the icons, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
From the <application>File Manager</application> window, choose the <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu item.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Views</guilabel> tabbed section.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
In the <guilabel>Icon View Defaults</guilabel> group, select the zoom level that you require in the <guilabel>Default Zoom Level</guilabel> drop-down list.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="themes-10">
<title>Kirjasimien mukauttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>työpöydän ulkoasun mukauttaminen</primary>
<secondary>kirjasimet</secondary>
</indexterm>
<anchor id="themes-13"/>
<anchor id="themes-14"/>
<para>
This section describes how to customize
the font settings for the desktop and frequently-used applications.
</para>
<para>
If you have difficulty with the default font type and font size that is used on the desktop and desktop background, you can customize the font settings to suit your needs. 
</para>
<para>
You can specify individual font settings for the following desktop components and applications: 
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Koko työpöytä (poislukien työpöydän taustakuva)</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Vain työpöydän taustakuva</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Pääte</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Tekstieditori</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Ohje</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>WWW-selain</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<section id="themes-11">
<title>Työpöydän kirjasimien mukauttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>työpöydän ulkoasun mukauttaminen</primary>
<secondary>työpöydän kirjasimet</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The <application>Appearance</application> preference tool allows you to specify the default fonts for the desktop.
</para>
<para>
To start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu>
<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Appearance</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <guilabel>
Fonts</guilabel> tab contains the following options: 
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Sovelluksien kirjasin</guilabel> 
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on this button to select a default font to use for the text that is displayed on the desktop, including the text displayed on the windows and dialogs associated with GNOME-compliant applications and panel applications.
</para>
<note>
<para>
If you use a predefined theme and you click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button, the font that is associated with the theme overrides the font from the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
</para>
</note>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Asiakirjojen kirjasin</guilabel> 
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on this button to select a font to use for displaying documents.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Työpöydän kirjasin</guilabel> 
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on this button to select a font to use for the text that is displayed on the desktop background only.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Ikkunoiden otsikon kirjasin</guilabel> </term>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on this button to select a font to use for the text that is displayed in the titlebar area of windows.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Tasalevyinen kirjasin</guilabel> </term>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on this button to select a font to use for editing documents.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term><guilabel>Piirtotapa</guilabel> </term>
<listitem>
<para>
To specify how to render fonts on the desktop, select one of the following options:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<guilabel>Yksivärinen</guilabel> 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<guilabel>Parhaat muodot</guilabel> 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<guilabel>Paras kontrasti</guilabel> 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<guilabel>Osapikselien pehmennys</guilabel> 
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
<note>
<para>
If you use large fonts, you may need to change the size of panes in some applications, such as the file manager and Help browser. 
</para>
</note>
<para>
For more information about the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool and fonts, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?prefs-font">
User Guide</ulink>. 
</para>
</section>

<section id="themes-cust">
<title>Sovellusten kirjasimien mukauttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>oma työpöydän ulkoasu</primary>
<secondary>set choose individual font</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
By default, GNOME applications use the default font specified in the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool. Some applications allow this default font to be customized. These applications are:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para><ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide#yelp">Ohjeselain</ulink> 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gedit? gedit-prefs-fontsandcolors">Tekstieditori</ulink> </para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gnome-terminal# gnome-terminal-prefs-general">Pääte</ulink> 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<ulink type="help" url="ghelp:epiphany# ephy-customize">WWW-selain</ulink> 
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
</section>
</section>

<section id="themes-15">
<title>Erityisten esteettömyystarpeiden täyttäminen</title>
<para>Seuraavat osiot tekevät yhteenvedon tarvittavista toimenpiteistä, joilla työpöydän esteettömyyttä voidaan kohentaa tietyllä osa-alueella.</para>

<section id="themes-16">
<title>Korkean tai alhaisen kontrastin työpöydän käyttöönotto</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>korkean kontrastin työpöytä</primary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>alhaisen kontrastin työpöytä</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Valitaksesi korkean tai matalan kontrastin työpöydän, tee seuraavasti:</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool to select the high-contrast or low-contrast desktop theme that you require from the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <guilabel>Background</guilabel> tab to customize your desktop background as follows:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the <guilabel>Desktop Wallpaper</guilabel> to <guilabel>No Wallpaper</guilabel>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Set the <guilabel>Desktop Colors</guilabel> to <guilabel>Solid Color</guilabel>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select a background color that suits your needs.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
In the <application>Terminal</application> application, ensure that the <guilabel>Use colors from system theme</guilabel> option is selected in the <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tabbed section of the <guilabel>Editing
Profile</guilabel> dialog.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
In the <application>gedit</application> (Text Editor) application, ensure that the <guilabel>Use default theme colors</guilabel> option is selected in the <guilabel>Fonts &amp; Colors</guilabel> tabbed section of the 
<guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="themes-17">
<title>Suurikokoisen kirjoituksen työpöydän käyttöönotto</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>suurikokoisen kirjoituksen työpöytä</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Ottaaksesi käyttöön suurikokoisen kirjoituksen työpöydän, tee seuraavasti:</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool to select the <guilabel>Large Print</guilabel> theme.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guibutton>Apply Font</guibutton> button to increase the size of the font that is used on the desktop and on window frames.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <guilabel>Desktop Font</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Font</guilabel> tab to increase the font that is displayed on desktop background objects.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Increase the font size that is used to display the contents of the <application>Terminal</application> application window. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
If the <guilabel>Use default theme font</guilabel> option is selected in the <application>gedit</application> (Text Editor) <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> dialog, <application>gedit</application> uses the font size that is specified in the large-print theme that you selected. However, if the <guilabel>Use default theme font
</guilabel> option is not selected, increase the font size that is used to display the contents of the <application>gedit</application> text editor window. See the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gedit?gedit-prefs-fontsandcolors">gedit manual</ulink> for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
If you use applications that use panes, such as the file manager and help browser, you may need to change the size of panes to accommodate the large print. See the online help for the appropriate application for more information.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>
</section>

<section id="ats-2">
<title>Orca: Näytönlukija ja suurennuslasi</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Näytönlukija ja suurennuslasi</primary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>Orca</primary>
</indexterm>
<para><application>Orca</application>, näytönlukija ja suurennuslasi, mahdollistaa heikkonäköisten tai sokeiden ihmisten Gnome-työpöydän ja sovellusten käytön. <application>Orca</application> tarjoaa seuraavat toiminnallisuudet:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Näytönlukija</para>
<para>Näytönlukija mahdollistaa tavallisten Gnome-työpöydän sovellusten ei-visuaalisen käytön puheen tai pistekirjoituksen avulla.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Suurennuslasi</para>
<para>Suurennuslasissa on automaattinen kohdistuksen seuranta ja kokoruudun suurennuslasi heikkonäköisten käyttäjien avustamiseksi.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Seuraavat osiot kertovat <application>Orca</application>-sovelluksesta ja sen käyttämisestä.</para>

<section>
<title>Johdanto Orcaan</title>
<section>
<title>Mikä Orca on?</title>
<para>Orca on joustava, laajennettava ja tehokas esteettömyystekniikka ihmisille, joilla on näkökyvyn rajoitteita. Orca mahdollistaa AT-SPI:tä tukevien sovellusten ja työkalupakettien (esim. Gnome-työpöytä) käytön erilaisilla puhesynteesin, pistekirjoituksen ja suurennuslasityökalujen yhdistelmillä. <application>Orca</application> on myös vapaa, avoimen lähdekoodin ohjelmisto.</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Mistä nimi Orca?</title>
<para>
One of the first DOS screen readers was Flipper, made by Omnichron Corporation in Berkeley, CA. It was named Flipper in part because the blind wife of the programmer 
envisioned computers as being programmed by flipping switches (an accurate image of a bygone era). Then came another DOS screen reader, this one from Henter-Joyce in 
Florida - "Jobs Access With Speech" (or JAWS). And so on....
</para>
<para>
Although no obvious connection exists between blindness and creatures from the sea, there is certainly a naming tradition for screen-reader software. Hence <application>Orca</application>, which is a lot tougher-sounding than Nemo, Ariel, Willy, or Mr. Limpet.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Mikä on Orcan julkaisuaikataulu?</title>
<para><application>Orca</application> on osa Gnome-alustaa ja <application>Orcan</application> julkaisut ovat sidottuja Gnome-alustan julkaisuihin.</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kuinka pyydän uutta ominaisuutta?</title>
<para>
<ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/buglist.cgi?query=product:orca+">Bugs</ulink> and feature/enhancement requests (RFEs) 
should be reported to the <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org">GNOME Bug Tracking System
</ulink>. Patches are always welcome, and instructions for creating patches can be found in the <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/tools/svn.html">
GNOME Introduction to Subversion (SVN)
</ulink>.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Missä on keskustelulista?</title>
<para>
You can get in touch with developers and other users by <ulink url="mailto:orca-list@gnome.org">sending an e-mail</ulink> to the <ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/orca-list">Orca mailing list</ulink> 
(<ulink url="http://mail.gnome.org/archives/orca-list">Archives</ulink>).
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Tuetaanko pistekirjoitusta?</title>
<para>Kyllä! Pistekirjoitusta tuetaan BrlTTY:n kautta, ja se on tiiviisti integroitu Orcaan. BrlTTY tukee lähes kaikkia virkistettäviä olemassa olevia pistekirjoitusnäyttöjä.</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Tuetaanko lyhennettyä pistekirjoitusta?</title>
<para>Kyllä, <application>Orca</application> tukee täysin lyhennettyä pistekirjoitustulostusta.</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Mitä ääniä on saatavilla?</title>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> provides interfaces to both <userinput>gnome-speech</userinput> and <userinput>emacspeak</userinput> speech services. As such, the available voices for <application>Orca</application> are only restricted by the speech engines supported by the available speech services. For free speech engines, you typically have a choice of the eSpeak, Festival, and FreeTTS speech engines. For commercial engines, you have a choice of 
additional engines such as Fonix DECtalk, Loquendo, Eloquence, Cepstral and IBMTTS, with others on the way. Periodically check the <userinput>gnome-speech</userinput> package for more progress in this area.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Mitkä kielet ovat tuettuina?</title>
<para>
The <ulink url="http://l10n.gnome.org/teams">
GNOME translation teams</ulink> are composed of many passionate volunteers from around the world. These teams do a great job and keep an up-to-date status report. See the <ulink url="http://l10n.gnome.org/module/orca">
Orca translation status page</ulink> for the large number of languages into which <application>Orca</application> has been translated.
</para>
<para> 
Note: support for a language also depends on 
the speech synthesis engine also supporting the same language.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kuinka hyvin suurennus toimii?</title>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> currently uses the <userinput>gnome-mag</userinput> 
magnification service. <userinput>gnome-mag</userinput> has incorporated support for smoother full-screen magnification, which 
relies upon newer extensions in the X Window System server. These extensions do not always function well on all platforms, so smooth full-screen magnification may not always work.
</para>
</section>

</section>

<section id="enable-orca">
<title>Orcan käyttöönotto</title>
<para>
For a text-only guided setup, open a Run dialog with <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> and use the command <userinput>orca --text-setup</userinput> <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
The first time <application>Orca</application> is launched you will be asked a few questions:
</para>
<para>
First you will be presented with a list of languages to choose from; there are currently about 45 languages supported. Most of this list will scroll off the screen, so you may have to use the terminal's scrollbar to view earlier parts of the list. Type in the number of your language choice (e.g., 7 for American English) and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.  You do not need to wait for the entire list to be spoken, and Orca attempts to make your default language the first choice (choice 1).
</para>
<para>
You are next asked to set <guilabel>Echo By Word</guilabel>. This option instructs <application>Orca</application> to speak words as you finish typing them. Type <keycap>y</keycap> or <keycap>n</keycap> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
The next item is <guilabel>Key Echo</guilabel>. This option will speak all keys as they are pressed. Type <keycap>y</keycap> or <keycap>n</keycap> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
Now select your desired keyboard layout; generally, you will want to choose the layout that matches your keyboard type - 1 for Desktop or 2 for Laptop. This choice will determine what key will act as the <application>Orca</application> modifier key. The Desktop layout uses <keycap>Insert</keycap> while the Laptop layout uses <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>. A system, host, shift or modifier key is one which is used in conjunction with other keys, enabling keyboard access to most program functions.
</para>
<para>
Next, specify if you require braille output. This functionality assumes a BrlTTY-compatible device is available. Type <keycap>y</keycap> or <keycap>n</keycap> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.  Note that you can usually just enter <keycap>y</keycap> here; Orca will recover gracefully and function even if it cannot find BrlTTY.
</para>
<para>
Lastly, indicate whether you want an on-screen braille output monitor. This is mostly for developers who need to verify BrlTTY output, but may also be useful in other situations, such as visually diagnosing or verifying braille output. Type <keycap>y</keycap> or <keycap>n</keycap> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
That's it! <application>Orca</application> is now ready for use. If accessibility was not yet enabled, <application>Orca</application> does so now and asks you to logout and back in for the services to start. Type <keycap>y</keycap> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap> to restart your login session.
</para>
<para>
After completing the first-time <application>Orca</application> settings, use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> to bring up the Run dialog, type in <literal>orca</literal> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. Accessibility functions should now be active.  Orca's Configuration GUI (<xref linkend="configuration-gui"/>) also has an option to let you indicate that Orca should be started automatically when you log in.
</para>
<para>
If you plan to use the Magnifier portion of <application>Orca</application> in full screen mode, nonfirm the <application>Xserver</application> "Composite" extension is enabled: use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> to bring up the Run dialog, type in <literal>xdpyinfo</literal> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>.  Look for the string "Composite" in the output.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Orcan käyttö</title>
<section>
<title>Asetusten tekeminen ensimmäisellä kerralla</title>
<para>
When you run <application>Orca</application> for the first time, it will automatically enter setup mode. If you want to run setup 
at some later point, you can pass the
<userinput>--setup</userinput> option to <application>Orca</application> the next 
time you run it. Furthermore, while <application>Orca</application> is running, 
you can press <keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> to bring up <application>Orca</application>'s Configuration GUI (<xref linkend="configuration-gui"/>). Finally, <application>Orca</application> provides a text setup utility that you can start by passing the 
<userinput>--text-setup</userinput> option to <application>Orca</application>. All of these options will create a <userinput>~/.orca/user-settings.py</userinput> file that holds your preferences and will also enable the accessibility infrastructure. You need to log out and log back in for the new settings to take effect.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kuinka Orca suoritetaan?</title>
<para>
Run <application>Orca</application> by typing <userinput>orca</userinput> in a terminal session window. You can do so from a virtual 
console window if you do not yet have access to the GUI. With the GUI installed you can also press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
<keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap>
<keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> to bring up the Run dialog and then type <userinput>orca</userinput> as the command (followed by any optional parameters).  Then, press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. <application>Orca</application> will automatically enter text setup mode if you run it from a virtual console window or your GUI environment is not yet set up for accessibility.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Orcan lopettaminen</title>
<para>
To quit <application>Orca</application>, press <keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap>
<keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> (or <keycombo><keycap>CapsLock</keycap>
<keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> in laptop layout mode). A confirmation dialog will appear. Select <guilabel>Quit</guilabel> to close Orca. If the system seems unresponsive, you can try a few things:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Run <userinput>orca --quit</userinput> from a terminal window, such as a virtual console; press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap>
</keycombo> (on most Linux platforms) to get to a virtual console, enter your commands, and then use <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
<keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> to get back to the desktop. This will kill the <application>Orca</application> process and reclaim system resources. You can then 
rerun <application>Orca</application> using the previously outlined methods.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Backspace</keycap>
</keycombo> to end your login session and get back to the graphical login prompt (not implemented in all Linux distributions).
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
</section>

<section id="configuration-gui">
<title>Orcan asetusten käyttöliittymä</title>
<para>
The <application>Orca</application> Configuration GUI allows you to customize the behavior and features of <application>Orca</application>, such as speech, braille, and magnification. For example, you can select which speech synthesis engine you want to use, whether braille is enabled or not, and which magnification preferences you want. You can select which general keyboard layout you want (desktop or laptop) and you can also examine and modify the existing keyboard layout with fine-grained control. To bring up the <application>Orca</application> Configuration GUI, press <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>, where <keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap> is <keycap>Insert</keycap> when you use the Desktop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-desktop-keys"/>) and <keycap>CapsLock</keycap> when you use the Laptop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-laptop-keys"/>). If you want to change settings for a single application, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> while the application has focus.
</para>
<para>
The <application>Orca</application> Configuration GUI is a dialog containing several tabbed pages, each of which is described in the following sections.
</para>

<section>
<title>Yleiset-sivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/General_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase><application>Orca</application> Graafinen asetusten teko - yleiset-sivu</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
The <guilabel>General</guilabel> page allows you to customize general aspects of <application>Orca</application>. These include the following:
</para>

<section>
<title>Näppäinasettelu</title>
<para>
The keyboard layout section allows you to specify if you will be working on a laptop (small) or desktop (large, with a numeric keypad) keyboard. You select which layout you want by selecting one of the following options:
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Desktop</emphasis> - if selected, the Desktop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-desktop-keys"/>) will be used.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Laptop</emphasis> - if selected, the Laptop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-laptop-keys"/>) will be used.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Näytä Orcan pääikkuna</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/MainWindow.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase><application>Orca</application> Graafinen asetusten teko - pääikkuna</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
The <application>Orca</application> main window provides you with a graphical way to display the <application>Orca</application> Configuration GUI (also accessible with <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>, where Orca_Modifier is <keycap>Insert</keycap> when you use the Desktop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-desktop-keys"/>) and <keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap> when you use the Laptop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-laptop-keys"/>)). The main window also provides a <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> option, also available with <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo>). Many users do not like the <application>Orca</application> main window because it shows up in the window manager's tab order when you press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> to switch windows. By deselecting the "Show Orca main window" button, you can tell <application>Orca</application> to not show the <application>Orca</application> main window.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Sulje Orca ilman vahvistusta</title>
<para>
Normally, when you press <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> to quit <application>Orca</application> or press the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button in the <application>Orca</application> main window, <application>Orca</application> will pop up a confirmation dialog asking you if you want to quit. Unchecking this option prevents the confirmation window from appearing.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Estä gksu:n näppäimistön kaappaus</title>
<para>
When running commands from the launch menu, many distributions use an application known as <application>gksu</application> to authorize the user to run these commands; <application>gksu</application> is the GUI that asks you for your password. When it runs, <application>gksu</application> enables what is known as a "keyboard grab," which is a feature to prevent keyboard actions from going to any other application on the desktop, including <application>Orca</application>.  The result of a keyboard grab is that <application>Orca</application> will not receive any keyboard events, preventing <application>Orca</application> from functioning normally.
</para>
<para>
By selecting the "Disable gksu keyboard grab" button, you will turn off the keyboard grab behavior, allowing <application>Orca</application> to function normally with system administration applications.
</para>
<note>
<para>
The keyboard grab is a security attempt by <application>gksu</application> to prevent nefarious applications from "sniffing" the keyboard and grabbing secret information.  Please be advised that disabling the gksu keyboard grab feature can expose you to such nefarious behavior. If you do not feel comfortable with this, you can always use the root account for system administration purposes. To do so, you need to enable the root account for login, and then logout and log back in as root whenever you want to perform a system administration command.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section>
<title>Näkyvät työkaluvinkit</title>
<para>
When checked, this option will tell <application>Orca</application> to present information about tooltips when they appear as the result of mouse hovering. Specific actions to force tooltips to appear, such as pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo> when an object has focus, will always result in tooltips being presented, regardless of this setting.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Speak object under mouse</title>
<para>
When checked, this option will tell <application>Orca</application> to present information about the object under the mouse when you move it around the screen. Note that this can cause <application>Firefox</application> and <application>Thunderbird</application> versions 2.x and earlier to crash; this is not a problem with <application>Firefox</application> and <application>Thunderbird</application> versions 3.x and later.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Start Orca when you login</title>
<para>
When checked, this option will tell the system to automatically launch <application>Orca</application> when you log in.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Puhe-sivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/Speech_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase><application>Orca</application> Graafinen asetusten teko - puhe-sivu</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
The speech page allows you to customize how <application>Orca</application> uses speech synthesis.
</para>

<section>
<title>Ota puhe käyttöön</title>
<para>
The first control of note on the speech page is the "enable speech" check box. This check box toggles whether or not <application>Orca</application> will make use of a speech synthesizer. This option, along with the ability to enable braille and enable magnifier support, allow <application>Orca</application> to be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety of users.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Puhejärjestelmä ja puhesyntesisaattori</title>
<para>
The next two controls deal with selecting the speech system and synthesizer. <application>Orca</application> provides support for a growing number of speech systems. At the time of this writing, these include GNOME-speech, Emacspeak, and an experimental backend for Speech Dispatcher.  Depending upon how your machine is configured, you may have all or none of these options.  Typically, you will have just GNOME-speech.
</para>
<para>
First, determine which speech system you would like to use - GNOME-speech works best at this time. After making your selection, tab to the speech synthesizer combo box and choose from the list of available synthesizers.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Puheäänen asetukset</title>
<para>
If your synthesizer supports it, <application>Orca</application> can utilize multiple voices in order to identify special cases within an application, such as hyperlinks or upper case text. The voice settings and person combo boxes can be adjusted to customize these settings to your liking. For example, assume you were using Fonix DECtalk and wanted the Betty voice to denote upper case. To accomplish this, you could do the following:
</para>
<procedure>
<step>
<para>
Tab to the voice settings combo box, and down arrow until the upper case voice is selected.
</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>
Tab to the person combo box, and down arrow to choose the Betty voice.
</para>
</step>
</procedure>
<para>
The next three sliders in the tab order allow adjustment of the synthesizer's rate, pitch and volume, respectively.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Välimerkkien taso</title>
<para>
The punctuation level radio button group is used to adjust the amount of punctuation spoken by the synthesizer. The available levels are None, Some, Most and All.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Suulaus</title>
<para>
The verbosity setting determines the amount of information that will be spoken in certain situations. For example, if it is set to verbose, the synthesizer will speak shortcut keys for items in pull down menus. When it is set to brief, these shortcut keys are not announced.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Taulun rivin puhuminen</title>
<para>
The table row speech option determines the way in which <application>Orca</application> will read items within tables. The available settings are "speak current row" or "speak current cell". The ability to adjust this behavior can be useful in many situations.  For example, consider the process of browsing email messages in <application>Evolution</application>. In this instance it may be preferable to set table speech to "speak current row" so that while arrowing through the list of messages all relevant info, such as the sender, subject, and whether the message has attachments, is read automatically. While the current row setting is active, it is still possible to read individual cells by using the left and right arrows.
</para>
<note>
<para>Voit kytkeä nopeasti tämän käyttäytymisen päälle/pois painamalla näppäimiä <keycombo><keycap>Orca-valintanäppäin</keycap><keycap>F11</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
</note>
</section>

<section>
<title>Puhu tyhjät rivit</title>
<para>
Some users desire to hear "blank" when navigating to a blank line in a document.  Other users do not. If the "speak blank lines" check box is selected, <application>Orca</application> will speak blank lines.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Speak multicase strings as words</title>
<para>
When working with code, one often comes across a "word" consisting of several words with alternating case, such as "MultiCaseString." Speech synthesizers do not always pronounce such multicase strings correctly. Checking the <guilabel>Speak multicase strings as words</guilabel> checkbox will cause <application>Orca</application> to break a word like "MultiCaseString" into separate words ("Multi," "Case," and "String") prior to passing it along to the speech synthesizer.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Speak tutorial messages</title>
<para>
When moving from component to component in an interface, this option will provide spoken tutorial messages for how to work with the component.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Speak object mnemonics</title>
<para>
This option will cause <application>Orca</application> to announce the mnemonic associated with the object with focus (such as "Alt O" for the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button).
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Break speech into chunks between pauses</title>
<para>
Depending on the enabled speech settings, <application>Orca</application> may have quite a bit to say about a particular object such as its name, its role, its state, its mnemonic, its tutorial message, and so on. Checking the <guilabel>Break speech into chunks between pauses</guilabel> checkbox will cause <application>Orca</application> to insert brief pauses in between each of these pieces of information.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Speak child position</title>
<para>
Checking the <guilabel>Speak child position</guilabel> checkbox will cause <application>Orca</application> to announce the position of the focused item in menus and lists (e.g. "9 of 16").
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Puhu sisennykset ja tasaukset</title>
<para>
When working with code or editing other documents it is often desirable to be aware of justification and indentation. Selecting the <guilabel>Speak indentation and justification</guilabel> check box will cause <application>Orca</application> to provide this information.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Speak Progress Bar Updates</title>
<para>
If this setting is enabled, <application>Orca</application> will periodically announce the status of progress bars. How often the announcement is made is determined by the value chosen in the update interval spin button. Note that this spin button is only available if the <guilabel>Speak progress bar updates</guilabel> checkbox has been checked.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Restrict progress bar updates to</title>
<para>
This setting controls which progress bars should be spoken, assuming the <guilabel>Speak progress bar updates</guilabel> checkbox has been checked. The choices are All, Application, and Window. Choosing All will result in <application>Orca</application> speaking updates for all progress bars, regardless of where the progress bars are located. Choosing Application will result in <application>Orca</application> speaking updates from progress bars in the active application, even if they are not in the active window. Choosing Window will result in <application>Orca</application> only speaking updates for progress bars in the active window. The default value is Application.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Say All By</title>
<para>
This combo box allows you to specify whether the "say all" functionality of <application>Orca</application> speaks by sentence or line.  See the Desktop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-desktop-keys"/>) and Laptop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-laptop-keys"/>) for how to invoke the "say all" functionality).
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Pistekirjoitus-sivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/Braille_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase><application>Orca</application> Graafinen asetusten teko - pistekirjoitus-sivu</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
The braille page allows you to customize various aspects about the use of braille.
</para>
<note>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> does not automatically start BrlTTY for you; typically you need to do this yourself, usually at boot time.
</para>
</note>

<section>
<title>Ota Braille-tuki käyttöön</title>
<para>
The first control on the braille page is the "Enable braille support" check box. This check box toggles whether or not <application>Orca</application> will make use of a braille display. This option, along with the ability to enable braille and enable magnifier support, allow <application>Orca</application> to be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety of users. By default, this check box is enabled. If BrlTTY is not running, <application>Orca</application> will recover gracefully and will not communicate with the braille display. If you configure BrlTTY later on, you need to restart <application>Orca</application> in order for it to use braille.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ota Braille-monitori käyttöön</title>
<para>
<application>Orca</application>'s braille monitor provides an on-screen representation of what takes place on the braille display. This feature is mostly for demonstration purposes, but is also useful for <application>Orca</application> developers who do not have access to a braille display.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Lyhennetyt roolien nimet</title>
<para>
The "Abbreviated role names" check box determines the manner in which role names are displayed and can be used to help conserve real estate on the braille display. The "Abbreviated role names" option can be better understood if we consider the following example. Let us assume that a slider had focus, and that the abbreviated role names box was not checked. In this case, the word "slider" would be shown on the display, to reflect the fact that the current control was indeed a slider. If the abbreviated role names box were checked, the word "slider" would be abbreviated to "sldr".
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Disable end of line symbol</title>
<para>
When checked, this feature tells <application>Orca</application> to not present the "$l" string at the end of a line.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Lyhennetty pistekirjoitus</title>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> supports contracted braille via the liblouis project.  Refer to <ulink url="http://live.gnome.org/Orca/Braille#Braille">the Orca WIKI</ulink>, where you can find additional information about setting up liblouis with <application>Orca</application>.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Suulaus</title>
<para>
The verbosity radio button group determines the amount of information that will be brailled in certain situations. For example, if it is set to verbose, keyboard shortcut and role name information is displayed. This information is not displayed in brief mode.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Selection Indicator</title>
<para>
When you select text, <application>Orca</application> will "underline" that text on your braille display with Dots 7 and 8. If you would prefer, you can change the indicator to only be Dot 7, only be Dot 8, or not be present at all.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Hyperlink Indicator</title>
<para>
When you encounter a hyperlink, <application>Orca</application> will "underline" that text on your braille display with Dots 7 and 8. If you would prefer, you can change the indicator to only be Dot 7, only be Dot 8, or not be present at all.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Näppäinten kaiutus -sivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/KeyEcho_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
<application>Orca</application> GUI Configuration - Key Echo Page
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
The key echo page allows you to specify the behavior of <application>Orca</application> when pressing keys on the page and whether words are spoken as you complete them.
</para>

<section>
<title>Ota näppäinten kaiutus käyttöön</title>
<para>
The first control on the key echo page is the "Enable key echo" check box. When this box is selected, seven additional check boxes become available. These are: "Enable alphanumeric and punctuation keys", "Enable modifier keys", "Enable locking keys", "Enable function keys", "Enable action keys", "Enable navigation keys", and "Enable non-spacing diacritical keys".
</para>
<para>
The alphanumeric and function key groups are relatively self explanatory.
</para>
<para>
Modifier keys are those such as <keycap>Shift</keycap>, <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, and <keycap>Alt</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
Locking keys include <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>, <keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap> and <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
The action keys group consists of keys that perform some logical action, such as <keycap>Backspace</keycap>, <keycap>Return</keycap> and <keycap>Tab</keycap>.
</para>
<para>
The navigation keys group include the four arrow keys as well as any key combination in which the Orca Modifier key is being held down. The latter is designed to prevent <application>Orca</application> from echoing flat review commands.
</para>
<para>
Non-spacing diacritical keys are those "dead keys" used to generate accented letters.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ota merkkikohtainen kaiutus käyttöön</title>
<para>
The next toggle on the key echo page is the "Enable echo by character" check box, used to echo the character you just typed. While echo by character seems quite similar to the key echo of alphanumeric and punctuation keys, there are important differences, especially with respect to accented letters and other symbols for which there is no dedicated key. Key echo causes <application>Orca</application> to announce what you just pressed; character echo causes it to announce what was inserted. The "Echo by character" control is always available, regardless of whether any of the key echo options are checked.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ota sanakohtainen kaiutus käyttöön</title>
<para>
The next toggle on the key echo page is the "Enable echo by word" check box, used to echo the word you just typed. The "Echo by word" control is always available, regardless of whether any of the key echo options are checked.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ota virkekohtainen kaiutus käyttöön</title>
<para>
The last toggle on the key echo page is the "Enable echo by sentence" check box, used to echo the sentence you just typed. The echo by sentence control is always available, regardless of whether any of the key echo options are checked.
</para>
<para>
In summary, the key echo scheme can offer a great deal of flexibility. For example, one user might choose to enable all key echo options, while another might prefer to use word echo, but only have locking keys announced.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Suurennuslasi-sivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/Magnifier_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
<application>Orca</application> GUI Configuration - Magnifier Page
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
The magnifier page allows you to enable/disable magnification and specify how magnification is performed.
</para>

<section>
<title>Ota suurennuslasi käyttöön</title>
<para>
The first control on the magnifier page is the "Enable magnifier" check box. This check box toggles whether or not <application>Orca</application> will provide magnification. This option, along with the ability to enable speech and enable braille support, allow <application>Orca</application> to be tailored to meet the needs of a wide variety of users.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Zoomer Settings</title>
<para>
Two zoomer GUI controls determine magnification characteristics:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
"Scale factor", which sets magnification power from 1.0x to 16.0x (fractional values are supported).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
"Position", which sets the location and size of the magnifier window: "Full Screen", "Left Half", "Right Half", "Top Half", "Bottom Half", and "Custom". The default position is "Full Screen". Choosing "Custom" causes four spin buttons to become available: "Top", "Left", "Right", and "Bottom".  These spin buttons allow you to define the location of each edge of the zoom window.  Units are in pixels.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>

<section>
<title>Reuna-asetukset</title>
<note>
<para>
These options are not available in "Full Screen" mode.
</para>
</note>

<section>
<title>Ota reuna käyttöön</title>
<para>
This option determines if a window border is visible for the magnifier.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Reunan koko</title>
<para>
This value determines the size of the border in pixels. 
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kohdistimen asetukset</title>
<para>
These controls can be used to customize the size and color of the magnifier's cursor.
</para>

<section>
<title>Ota kohdistin käyttöön</title>
<para>
If this check box is enabled then a cursor is visible and the size and color options become available.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Oma koko</title>
<para>
Enable this check box if you would like to make the mouse pointer larger than it normally is. The cursor size can be changed from the default value of 32 pixels.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Custom color</title>
<para>
If the cursor is enabled, a custom color can also be applied.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ristikon asetukset</title>
<para>
This set of controls can be used to customize the magnifier's optional area-targeting cursor.
</para>

<section>
<title>Ota ristikko käyttöön</title>
<para>
If checked, you can additionally configure the clipping behavior, size and color of the cross-hair.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Enable cross-hair clip</title>
<para>
If enabled, the cross-hair will be "clipped" (removed) in the area immediately surrounding the mouse pointer.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ristikon koko</title>
<para>
This control sets the thickness of the cross-hair in pixels.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Cross-hair color</title>
<para>
This control allows a custom color to be used for the cross-hair.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Väriasetukset</title>
<para>
This allows you to do some rough color adjustments of the magnified region.
</para>

<section>
<title>Käännä värit</title>
<para>
Creates a reverse or negative-image effect.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kirkkaus</title>
<para>
Ranges from -1 to 1 (-1 is black/no brightness; 1 is white/total brightness; 0 is "normal"/unchanged).
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kontrasti</title>
<para>
Ranges from -1 to 1 (-1 is grey/no contrast; 1 is maximum contrast; 0 is "normal"/unchanged).
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Tracking and Alignment Settings</title>
<para>
These options control the tracking of the mouse cursor.
</para>

<section>
<title>Hiiren osoitin</title>
<para>Valitaksesi seuraavista valinnoista:</para>

<section>
<title>Centered</title>
<para>
Keeps the mouse pointer at the center of the screen whenever possible. This is the default.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Proportional</title>
<para>
Positions the mouse pointer in the zoom window relative to its actual, unmagnified position.  For instance, if the mouse pointer is 25% away from the left edge of the desktop, <application>Orca</application> positions the magnified mouse pointer 25% from the left edge of the zoom window.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Push</title>
<para>
Moves the zoomer window the least amount necessary to keep the mouse pointer on the screen.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>None</title>
<para>
Moving the mouse pointer has no impact on what the zoomer window displays.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Pointer follows zoomer</title>
<para>
This option is enabled by default. If the mouse pointer is not on the screen when you initially move the mouse, it will be moved into the zoomer so that you can continue to see what you were working on. If your preferred mouse tracking mode is centered, the pointer will be moved to the center; otherwise it will be moved to the item with focus.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Säätimet ja valikkokohta</title>
<para>Näillä valinnoilla hallitaan suurennuslasin käyttäytymistä.</para>

<section>
<title>Centered</title>
<para>Siirryttäessä käyttäen näppäimistöä, pidä kohdistettuna oleva valintalaatikkosäädin tai valikkokohta näytön keskellä aina kun mahdollista</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Push</title>
<para>Siirryttäessä käyttäen näppäimistöä, siirrä suurennusikkunaa vain niin vähän kuin on tarpeen, jotta kohdistettu valintalaatikkosäädin tai valikkokohta voidaan näyttää. Tämä on oletus.</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>None</title>
<para>Näppäimistön käyttö siirtymiseen valintalaatikoiden säätimien ja valikkokohtien välillä ei vaikuta suurennusikkunan näkymään.</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Osoitin seuraa kohdistusta</title>
<para>
If this option is enabled, the mouse pointer will follow you as you arrow through menu items and move among controls in dialog boxes. This option is disabled by default.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Tekstikohdistin</title>
<para>
These options control how the text cursor behaves.
</para>

<section>
<title>Centered</title>
<para>
As the text cursor moves, keep it at the center of the screen whenever possible.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Push</title>
<para>
As the text cursor moves, move the zoomer window the least amount necessary to display it. This is the default.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>None</title>
<para>
Moving the text cursor will have no impact on what the zoomer window displays.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Edge margin</title>
<para>
The edge margin is how close the caret should be allowed to get to the edge of the screen before it's time to "push" the zoomer window. The margin can range from 0 to 50%, with 50% being the equivalent of choosing centering.  The default value is 0.
</para>
<note>
<para>
This option is only available if "Push" is your text cursor tracking mode.
</para>
</note>
</section>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Lisäasetukset</title>
<para>
If you press the Advanced Settings button located near the bottom of the Magnifier page, the following dialog will appear:
</para>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/Magnifier_Advanced.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
<application>Orca</application> GUI Configuration - Magnifier - Advanced Settings
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>

<section>
<title>Smoothing</title>
<para>
Bilinear or none.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kirkkaus</title>
<para>
Red, Green, Blue: Individual controls for choosing customized brightness levels.  Choosing different brightness levels for each color allows you to create the color scheme that works best for you.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kontrasti</title>
<para>
Red, Green, Blue: Individual controls for choosing customized contrast levels. While not as significant as changes to brightness, choosing different contrast levels for each color helps you to create the color scheme that works best for you.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Color Filtering</title>
<para>
Allows you to pick one of the colorblind filters available through libcolorblind.
</para>
<note>
<para>
In order to take advantage of this feature you will need to install libcolorblind and then rebuild gnome-mag.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section>
<title>Multi-Monitor Settings - Source Display</title>
<para>
X Window System DISPLAY of what should be magnified. Written in the form ":0.x" where x is the number of the screen whose contents should be magnified.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Multi-Monitor Settings - Target Display</title>
<para>
X Window System DISPLAY of where to put the zoomer window. Written in the form ":0.y" where y is the number of the screen where the zoomer window should appear.
</para>
</section>
</section>
</section>

<section id="orca-keybindings-page">
<title>Pikanäppäimet-sivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/KeyBindings_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
<application>Orca</application> GUI Configuration - Key Bindings Page
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
The key bindings page allows you to examine and modify the key bindings for <application>Orca</application>.
</para>

<section>
<title>Orca-valintanäppäimet</title>
<para>
The first control on the key bindings page allows you to examine which key (or keys) acts as the "<application>Orca</application> modifier." The <application>Orca</application> modifier is the key that you press and hold in conjunction with other keys to give commands to <application>Orca</application>. For  desktop keyboards, the Orca modifier defaults to <keycap>Insert</keycap>. For laptop keyboards, the <application>Orca</application> modifier defaults to the <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> key.  See the Desktop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-desktop-keys"/>) and Laptop Keyboard Layout (<xref linkend="orca-laptop-keys"/>) sections for the default values.
</para>
<note>
<para>
You cannot modify the <application>Orca</application> modifier key(s) using the Configuration GUI at this time.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section>
<title>Pikanäppäimien taulukko</title>
<para>
The key bindings table provides a list of <application>Orca</application> operations and the keys that are bound to them.
</para>
<para>”Toiminto”-sarakeotsikko kuvaa tehtävän <application>Orca</application>-sovelluksen toiminnon.</para>
<para>
The "Key Binding" header is the primary way to invoke the function from the keyboard. Note that the function description may include the word "Orca". This indicates that the <application>Orca</application> modifier key should be held down along with the other keys.
</para>
<para>
The "Alternate" header provides an alternate mechanism for invoking the function from the keyboard.
</para>
<para>
To modify either the "Key Binding" or the "Alternate" bindings, arrow to the cell and press <keycap>Return</keycap>. Then, press a key combination and press <keycap>Return</keycap> to confirm the new combination. When you do so, the new keystroke will be saved and the check box in the last column (the "Modified" column) will indicate that the key binding has been modified.
</para>
<para>
To undo a modified keybinding, merely arrow to the modified column, uncheck the checkbox, and press the "Apply" button <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>.
</para>
<para>
Beneath the list of <application>Orca</application> keybindings, you will find a group of "unbound" commands:
</para>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/KeyBindings_Tab_Unbound.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>
<application>Orca</application> GUI Configuration - Key Bindings Page showing the 'unbound' group of commands
</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
These are commands which we feel will be very useful for some users, but not needed by most users. Rather than "use up" a keystroke for such commands, we have left them unassigned.  You can assign a keystroke to any of these unbound commands by following the procedure outlined above. In addition, you can unbind any bound command in a similar fashion: press <keycap>Return</keycap> to edit the keybinding, and when prompted for the new keybinding, press <keycap>Delete</keycap> or <keycap>Backspace</keycap>. You will be told that the key binding has been removed. Press <keycap>Return</keycap> to confirm.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ääntämissivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/Pronunciation_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase><application>Orca</application> Graafiset asetukset - ääntämissivu</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
Sometimes your speech synthesizer just doesn't say the right thing for a given string. You might prefer to hear "laughing out loud" rather than "LOL." Or there may be a name or a technical term which the synthesizer mispronounces. The pronunciation page is where you can add, edit, and delete <application>Orca</application>'s pronunciation dictionary entries. Because the pronunciation page is also part of the application-specific settings dialog that's started when you give a particular application focus and type <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>, you can customize your entries on an as-needed basis for each application you use.
</para>

<section>
<title>Add a new dictionary entry</title>
<procedure>
<step>
<para>Paina <guibutton>Uusi kohta</guibutton> -painiketta (<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>).</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>
Type the text of the new entry and press <keycap>Return</keycap> to finish editing the actual string.
</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>
Move to the Replacement String column and press <keycap>Return</keycap> to begin editing.
</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>
Type the text that you would like to have spoken instead and press <keycap>Return</keycap> to finish editing the replacement string.
</para>
</step>
</procedure>  
</section>

<section>
<title>Edit an existing dictionary entry</title>
<procedure>
<step>
<para>
Move to the cell you wish to edit and press <keycap>Return</keycap> to begin editing.
</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>
Make your changes and then press <keycap>Return</keycap> to finish editing.
</para>
</step>
</procedure>  
</section>

<section>
<title>Delete an existing dictionary entry</title>
<procedure>
<step>
<para>
Move to the entry you wish to delete.
</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>Paina Poista-painiketta tai <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
</step>
</procedure>  
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Tekstin ominaisuudet -sivu</title>
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/TextAttributes_Tab.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase><application>Orca</application> Graafinen asetusten teko – tekstin ominaisuudet -sivu</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> will speak known text attribute information about an object when you press <keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> (desktop layout) or <keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> (laptop layout). Because the number of text attributes is large, and not everyone cares about every attribute, the "Text Attributes" tab of the configuration
GUI allows you to customize which text attributes <application>Orca</application> will present.
</para>
<para>
On this tab is a text attribute list, where each row consists of four columns:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
The name of the text attribute.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
A checkbox which the user can set to indicate whether this text attribute should be spoken or not.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
A checkbox which the user can set to indicate whether this text attribute should be "underlined" on the braille display.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
An editable "Present unless" string value. By default, not all text attributes will have this set. If present, what it means (assuming the user wants this text attribute presented) is that the value of the attribute will only be presented if it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> this value.
</para>
<para>
For example, by default the "underline" text attribute has a value of "none." If the user has this attribute checked and the user types
<keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> and the text in question is not underlined, then this
attribute is not spoken. If you always want this attribute to be spoken irrespective of whether the text is underlined, then the
attribute should be checked and the "Present unless" value cleared.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
There is also a <guibutton>Reset</guibutton> button (<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo>) which will set the list values back to their initial state when the dialog was first displayed.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
When you initially display the text attribute pane, all your checked attributes are put at the top of the list. They are given in the order that they will be spoken and brailled.
</para>
<para>
If you decide to check others or adjust the order, there are four buttons to help you do this:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<guibutton>Move to top</guibutton> (<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>T</keycap></keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute to the top of the list.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<guibutton>Move up one</guibutton> (<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>U</keycap></keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute up one row.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<guibutton>Move down one</guibutton> (<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute down one row.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<guibutton>Move to bottom</guibutton> (<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>) - moves the selected attribute to the bottom of the list.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
Beneath these push buttons is the Braille Indicator group of radio buttons. Here you can select the cell or cells to be used to indicate text which has at least one of the specified attributes. Your choices are:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
None (the default)
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Dot 7
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Dot 8
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Dots 7 and 8
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
Text attributes can also be set on an individual application basis. The text attribute pane is also part of the application-specific settings dialog that's started when you give a particular application focus and type <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Orcan näppäimistökomennot</title>
<para>
You can get a complete list of available keyboard commands by visiting the <guilabel>Key Bindings</guilabel> page of the <application>Orca</application> Configuration GUI (<xref linkend="orca-keybindings-page"/>). To bring up the <application>Orca</application> Configuration GUI, press <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>, where <userinput>Orca_Modifier</userinput> is the <keycap>Insert</keycap> key for the <link linkend="orca-desktop-keys">desktop layout</link> and the <keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap> key for the <link linkend="orca-laptop-keys">laptop layout</link>. Note that you can also enter <application>Orca</application>'s "learn mode" while running <application>Orca</application> by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>. When in learn mode, <application>Orca</application> will intercept all keyboard and braille input events and tell you what the effect would be.  To exit learn mode, press the <keycap>Escape</keycap> key.
</para>
<note>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> provides additional commands for some applications, such as <application>Firefox</application>.  To get the list of additional commands for an application, press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> when that application has focus. This will bring up the <application>Orca</application> Configuration GUI in the "application-specific" state, and the additional commands will appear in the <guilabel>Key Bindings</guilabel> page.
</para>
<para>
The GNOME Desktop itself also has <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/users/user-guide/stable/shortcuts-global.html.en">built in keyboard commands</ulink> to control the desktop and its applications.
</para>
<para>
WARNING: the MouseKeys functionality of AccessX can interfere with the <application>Orca</application> modifier key (see <ulink url="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=548169">bug 548169</ulink>), resulting in odd behavior. In particular, MouseKeys uses the <keycap>KP_Insert</keycap> key to emulate a mouse button press. When enabled, MouseKeys can conflict with <keycap>KP_Insert</keycap> as the <application>Orca</application> modifier, resulting in what appears to be a stuck <application>Orca</application> modifier key.  As an alternative, you can use the <link linkend="orca-laptop-keys">laptop key bindings</link>, which avoids the keypad for <application>Orca</application> commands. If you accidentally enabled MouseKeys, you can disable it via the <application>gnome-keyboard-properties</application> application.
</para>
</note>

<section id="orca-desktop-keys">
<title>Työpöydän asettelu</title>
<para>
Following is a list of common <application>Orca</application> keyboard commands for desktop keyboards arranged by category:
</para>

<section>
<title>Flat review commands</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-7</keycap> - move the flat review cursor to the previous line and read it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-8</keycap> - read the current line.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-9</keycap> - move the flat review cursor to the next line and read it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-4</keycap> - move the flat review cursor to the previous word and read it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-5</keycap> - read the current word.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-6</keycap> - move the flat review cursor to the next word and read it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-1</keycap> - move the flat review cursor to the previous character and read it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-2</keycap> - read the current character.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-3</keycap> - move the flat review cursor to the next character and read it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-slash</keycap> - perform a left mouse click at the location of the flat review cursor.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-star</keycap> - perform a right mouse click at the location of the flat review cursor.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycap>Numpad-minus</keycap> - toggle between flat review and focus tracking mode.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>
The above commands apply when working with objects as well as when working with text.  For example, if the flat review cursor were positioned on a menu bar, pressing the "read current line" command would speak the names of all visible menus. Similarly, pressing the "read next word" command would speak the object to the right of the flat review cursor on the same line, or move flat review to the next line if no more objects were found.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kirjanmerkkikomennot</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>[1-6]</keycap></keycombo> - assign a bookmark to a numbered slot. If a bookmark already exists in the slot it will be replaced with the new one. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>[1-6]</keycap></keycombo> - go to the position pointed to by the bookmark bound to this numbered slot.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>[1-6]</keycap></keycombo> -  "Where am I" information for this bookmark relative to the current pointer location.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> and <keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> - move between the given bookmarks for the given application or page. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> - save the defined bookmarks for the current application or page.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>

<section>
<title>Miscellaneous functions</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Numpad</keycap><keycap>Plus</keycap></keycombo> - "say all" command; reads from the current position of the caret to the end of the document. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Numpad</keycap><keycap>Enter</keycap></keycombo> - "Where am I" command; speaks information such as the title of the current application window, as well as the name of the control that currently has focus. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> - enter into <application>Orca</application>'s "learn mode"; press <keycap>Escape</keycap> to exit. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> - speak font and attribute information for the current character. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> - Launch the <application>Orca</application> Configuration dialog. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> - reload user settings and reinitialize services as necessary. Also launches the <application>Orca</application> Configuration dialog for the current application.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> - toggle speech on and off.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>F11</keycap></keycombo> - toggle the reading of tables, either by single cell or whole row.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> - quit <application>Orca</application>.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>

<section>
<title>Commands for debugging</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo> - report information on the currently active script. 
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>
In order for the next three commands to be of use, <application>Orca</application> needs to be started from a virtual console or via gnome-terminal. Output is sent to the console only (i.e., it is not sent to speech or braille).
</para>
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo> - print a debug listing of all known applications to the console where <application>Orca</application> is running. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Page_Up</keycap></keycombo> - print debug information about the ancestry of the object with focus. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Page_Down</keycap></keycombo> - print debug information about the hierarchy of the application with focus. 
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
</section>

<section id="orca-laptop-keys">
<title>Kannettavan asettelu</title>
<para>
Following is a list of common <application>Orca</application> keyboard commands for laptop keyboards arranged by category:
</para>

<section>
<title>Flat review commands</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>U</keycap></keycombo> - move the flat review cursor to the previous line and read it.
Double-click to move flat review to the top of the current window.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>I</keycap></keycombo> - read the current line.
Double-click to read the current line along with formatting and capitalization details.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo> - move the flat review cursor to the next line and read it. Double- click to move flat review to the bottom of the current window.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>J</keycap></keycombo> - move the flat review cursor to the previous word and read it.
Double-click to move flat review to the word above the current word.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>K</keycap></keycombo> - read the current word.
Double-click to spell the word. Triple-click  to hear the word spelled phonetically.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> - move the flat review cursor to the next word and read it. Double- click to move flat review to the word below the current word.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>M</keycap></keycombo> - move the flat review cursor to the previous character and read it.
Double-click to move flat review to the end of the current line.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Comma</keycap></keycombo> - read the current character. Double-click to pronounce the character phonetically if it is a letter.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Period</keycap></keycombo> - move the flat review cursor to the next character and read it.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>7</keycap></keycombo> - perform a left mouse click at the location of the flat review cursor.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>8</keycap></keycombo> - perform a right mouse click at the location of the flat review cursor.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>p</keycap></keycombo> - toggle between flat review and focus tracking mode.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>
The above commands apply when working with objects as well as when working with text.  For example, if the flat review cursor were positioned on a menu bar, pressing the "read current line" command would speak the names of all visible menus. Similarly, pressing the "read next word" command would speak the object to the right of the flat review cursor on the same line, or move flat review to the next line if no more objects were found.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section>
<title>Kirjanmerkkikomennot</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>[1-6]</keycap></keycombo> - add a bookmark to the numbered slot. If a bookmark already exists for the slot it will be replaced with the new one.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>[1-6]</keycap></keycombo> - go to the position pointed to by the bookmark bound to this numbered slot.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>[1-6]</keycap></keycombo> - "Where am I" information for this bookmark relative to the current pointer location.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>and <keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> - move between the given bookmarks for the given application or page.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo> - save the defined bookmarks for the current application or page.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>

<section>
<title>Miscellaneous functions</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Semicolon</keycap></keycombo> - "Say all" command; reads from the current position of the caret to the end of the document.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Enter</keycap></keycombo> - "Where am I" command; speaks information such as the title of the current application window, as well as the name of the control that currently has focus.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo> - enter learn mode (press <keycap>Escape</keycap> to exit).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> - speak font and attribute information for the current character.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> - launch the <application>Orca</application> Configuration dialog.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> - reload user settings and reinitialize services as necessary; also  launches the <application>Orca</application> Configuration dialog for the current application.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>S</keycap></keycombo> - toggle speech on and off.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>F11</keycap></keycombo> - toggle the reading of tables, either by single cell or whole row.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Q</keycap></keycombo> - quit <application>Orca</application>.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>

<section>
<title>Commands for debugging</title>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo> - report information on the currently active script.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<note>
<para>
In order for the next three commands to be of use, <application>Orca</application> needs to be started from a virtual console or via <application>gnome-terminal</application>. Output is sent to the console only (i.e., 
it is not sent to speech or braille).
</para>
</note>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>End</keycap></keycombo> - prints a debug listing of all known applications to the console where <application>Orca</application> is running.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page_Up</keycap></keycombo> - prints debug information about the ancestry of the object with focus.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
<keycombo><keycap>Caps_Lock</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Page_Down</keycap></keycombo> - prints debug information about the object hierarchy of the application with focus.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>
</section>

</section>
<section>
<title>Sovelluskohtaisia tietoja</title>
<section>
<title>Esteettömät sovellukset</title>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> is designed to work with applications and toolkits that support the Assistive Technology Service Provider Interface (AT-SPI). This includes the GNOME Desktop and its bundled applications: OpenOffice, Firefox, and the Java platform. Some applications work better than others, however, and the <application>Orca</application> community continually works to provide superior access to more and more applications.
</para>
</section>

<!--
<section>
<title>Using Adobe's Acrobat Reader</title>
<para>
We are currently working on a script for Adobe's Acrobat Reader, and the initial version has been contributed to <application>Orca</application> v2.17.5. Note that there is still work to do, and we are very encouraged by Adobe's commitment to accessibility.
</para>

<section>
<title>Installation</title>
<para>
If you get Adobe Acrobat Reader directly from the <ulink url='http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html'>Adobe site</ulink>, you may find that the software will not launch. If launched from the Applications menu, it may appear that nothing has happened, or if launched from a terminal window you may receive a long series of syntax error messages. Should this occur, you will need to edit your /usr/bin/acroread file as described in this <ulink url='http://ubuntuforums.org/showthread.php?t=233514'>Ubuntu forum thread</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
If you instead choose to install Acrobat Reader from your distribution's packages, be sure to install both <application>acroread</application> and <application>acroread-plugins</application>. Without the plugins package, you will not have the access to the "Reading" category in the <menuchoice>
<guimenuitem>Edit-</guimenuitem>
<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> dialog.
</para>
<para>
Note: If you use Ubuntu and cannot locate the
<application>acroread</application> package, you will likely need to edit your /etc/apt/sources.list to include the 'multiverse' repository. Then run <userinput>apt-get update</userinput>. Having done so, you should then be able to install both <application>acroread</application> and <application>acroread-plugins</application>.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Enabling Accessibility and Caret Navigation</title>
<para>
Once you've installed Reader, you need to enable accessibility:
</para>
<orderedlist numeration='arabic'>
<listitem>
<para>
In the "Accessibility" tab of the 
<menuchoice>
<guimenuitem>Edit-</guimenuitem>
<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> dialog, make sure 
<guilabel>Always display the keyboard selection cursor</guilabel> (<keycombo>
<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap>
</keycombo>) is checked.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
In the "Reading" tab of the 
<menuchoice>
<guimenuitem>Edit-</guimenuitem>
<guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice> dialog, make sure
<guilabel>Enable Document Accessibility
</guilabel> ((<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap>
<keycap>E</keycap></keycombo>) is checked.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section>
<title>Working with Untagged Documents</title>
<para>
When you open an untagged document, you will be presented with a dialog box asking you to specify the reading order and the reading mode options. The default reading order is 
<guilabel>Infer reading order from document
</guilabel>. This setting works well for most documents.
</para>
<para>
The default reading mode will vary depending on the length of the document; for short documents, the default is <guilabel>Read the entire document</guilabel>; for long documents the default is <guilabel>Read currently visible pages only</guilabel>. <application>Orca</application> tends to work better when <guilabel>Read the entire document</guilabel> is selected.
</para>
<para>
If you find that a document seems to be missing parts of the text, try changing the reading options. To do so, get into the Document menu and select <guilabel>Change Accessibility Reading Options...</guilabel> or use the shortcut <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>5</keycap></keycombo>.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Page Layout</title>
<para>
The best page layout for reading a document with <application>Orca</application> is <guilabel>Single Page</guilabel>. When <guilabel>Continuous</guilabel> is chosen, moving focus to text as the page is scrolling 
can cause that text not to be read. You can change the page layout to <guilabel>Single Page</guilabel> by getting into the View menu and selecting the Page Layout submenu.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Navigating Tables</title>
<para>
As far as we know there isn't currently a whole lot of keyboard support for tables in
<application>Acrobat Reader</application>. We hope Adobe will remedy this soon.
</para>
<para>
Basically, there are the arrow keys. Their behavior is to move you first within the cell with focus, then to the next cell with data in it. Note that currently, Up and Down Arrow do not seem to move you vertically among cells - at least that has been the experience 
with the tables we have tried. Instead, Up and Down seem to move you horizontally until you run out of cells on the current row.
</para>
</section>
</section>
-->

<section>
<title>Sovelluskohtaisten asetusten tekeminen</title>
<para>
To customize the settings for a particular application, you will first need to run that application. Make sure the application has focus, then press <keycombo><keycap>Orca_Modifier</keycap>
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Space</keycap>
</keycombo> (by default, this will be 
<keycombo><keycap>Insert</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo> for the Desktop keyboard layout).
</para>
<para>
This brings up a tabbed dialog window very similar to the <application>Orca</application> configuration dialog, but with the following differences:
</para>
<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
<listitem>
<para>
There is no initial General pane.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
The Speech System and Speech Synthesizer combo
boxes on the Speech pane will be grayed out (made inactive).
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Any existing application-specific key bindings will appear at the top of the list on the Key Bindings pane.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
There may be a new application-specific settings pane at the end of the set of tabbed panes. Note that pressing the End key from the tab list will get you directly to the right-most tab.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
Adjust your application-specific settings in the same way you set your general <application>Orca</application> preferences.
For example, you may have Key Echo disabled generally in <application>Orca</application> but would like to specifically have it enabled for the <application>gcalctool</application> (GNOME Calculator) application. Here's where you could easily set that.
</para>
<para>
When you have your application settings customized the way you want, press the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button. These settings will be written to your 
<userinput>~/.orca/app-settings</userinput> directory in a file called 
<userinput>&lt;APPNAME&gt;.py</userinput>, where <userinput>&lt;APPNAME&gt;</userinput> is the name of the application.
</para>
<para>
These files are automatically written by <application>Orca</application>. The contents of the file will be overwritten each time you change your application settings for that
application.
</para>
<para>
If you want to have some extra application-specific settings or code that you don't want to lose, then you should put it in a file called <userinput>~/.orca/app-settings/&lt;APPNAME&gt;-customizations.py</userinput>. This file will be automatically read when the settings for the 
<userinput>&lt;APPNAME&gt;</userinput> application are loaded.
</para>
<para>
Note that this is an advanced feature that we don't expect many people to use. It's just there if you really want it.
</para>
<para>
There is currently one known bug (some people would call it a feature) that we are trying to track down and fix:
</para>
<note>
<para>
If you adjust one or more application-specific key bindings, the new values will not take effect until you've pressed the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button. The work-around is to either restart <application>Orca</application>, or Alt-Tab 
away to some other application and then Alt-Tab back to the one that you've just changed the key bindings for.
</para>
</note>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Pistekirjoitus</title>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> uses 
<ulink url="http://mielke.cc/brltty/">BrlTTY</ulink> for braille support. On Linux systems, BrlTTY is used to access the text mode console content. On a typical braille-enabled installation of Linux, BrlTTY is already running and providing access to the text consoles. When Orca starts, it connects to BrlTTY. If you switch from a text console to your X Windows session, your braille display will automatically follow and display the content that Orca is presenting to you.
</para>
<para>
<application>Orca</application> attempts to work with various releases of BrlTTY. Orca currently works best with BrlTTY v3.8 or better and also works well with BrlTTY v3.7.2. The remainder of this document provides information related to using <application>Orca</application> with <application>BrlTTY</application> 3.8.
</para>

<para>
Below are descriptions of the necessary tasks to install/setup BrlTTY in Ubuntu and Solaris. For both, you need to first obtain 
<ulink url="http://mielke.cc/brltty/releases/ brltty-3.8.tar.gz">brltty-3.8.tar.gz</ulink> from the BrlTTY site.
</para>

<section>
<title>BrlTTY 3.8 on Ubuntu</title>
<para>
First, configure your build environment to build BrlTTY. Much of this setup is done for you automatically in the Ubuntu distribution with products such as G++ already present. In addition, <emphasis>you must</emphasis> 
also install tcl, Pyrex, and the Python developer environment. To do this, execute the following commands as <userinput>root</userinput>:
</para>
<para/>
<screen>
<![CDATA[apt-get build-dep brltty
apt-get install tcl8.4 python-pyrex python-dev
]]>
</screen>
<para>
Then, when you build BrlTTY, avoid configuring the package with --prefix=/usr. Use the standard procedure instead, executing the following commands as <userinput>root</userinput>:
</para>
<para/>
<screen>
<![CDATA[gunzip -c brltty-3.8.tar.gz | tar xvf -
cd brltty-3.8
./autogen
./configure
make
make install
]]>
</screen>
<para>
Run BrlTTY as <userinput>root</userinput>:
</para>
<para/>
<screen>
<![CDATA[/bin/brltty -bauto -d/dev/ttyUSB0
]]>
</screen>
<para>
If you want, you can remove the existing 
<userinput>/sbin/brltty</userinput> and replace it with the <userinput>/bin/brltty</userinput>, either by copying the <userinput>/bin/brltty</userinput> to <userinput>/sbin/brltty</userinput> or just by making a 
symbolic link. Do so at your own risk.
</para>
<para/>
</section>
</section>

<section>
<title>Ongelmanratkaisu</title>
<section>
<title>Työpöytäni ei enää reagoi mihinkään. Mitä teen?</title>
<para>
Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> or <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> to open the Run dialog and restart <application>Orca</application> by running a new instance: type <userinput>orca</userinput> and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. This will force any existing <application>Orca</application> processes to exit and will then restart <application>Orca</application>. This 
sometimes has the effect of unhanging the desktop (which is usually due to an ill-behaved application).
</para>
<para>
If you cannot get to a terminal window, try 
pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
<keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Backspace</keycap>
</keycombo>: shut down the X Window System server. This should return you to the login screen.
</para>
</section>
</section>
</section>
</chapter>

<chapter id="ats-1">
<title>Liikuntarajoitteisuus</title>
<para>Liikuntarajoitteisuudet voivat johtua muiden muassa niveltulehduksesta, halvaantumisesta, CP-oireyhtymästä, Parkinsonin taudista, multippelisklerioosista tai raajojen ja sormien menetyksistä. Ongelmat lihasten hallinnassa tai lihasten heikkous voivat tehdä tavallisten näppäimistöjen ja hiirilaitteiden käytöstä vaikeaa. Jotkut ihmiset eivät esimerkiksi kykene painamaan useata näppäintä yhtäaikaisesti, ja toiset taas painavat helposti useita näppäimiä pohjaan samanaikaisesti tai kimmottavat näppäimiä niitä painettaessa tai vapautettaessa. Myös ihmisillä, jotka voivat käyttää vain yhtä kättä, on ongelmia joidenkin näppäimistö- ja hiiritoimintojen kanssa.</para>
<para>Liikuntarajoitteisuuden kanssa auttavia tekniikoita ovat:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem><para><emphasis>Näppäimistö näytöllä</emphasis> - käyttäjät voivat valita näppäimiä valitsemalla niitä osoitinlaitteilla, kytkimillä tai morsetuksella.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para><emphasis>Hiiren ja näppäimistön esteettömyys</emphasis> - auttavat käyttäjiä joilla on ongelmia kirjoittamisessa ja hiiren tai näppäimistön hallinnassa.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>

<section id="gok">
<title>Gnomen näppäimistö näytöllä (gok)</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Näppäimistö näytöllä</primary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>GOK</primary>
</indexterm>
<para><application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -sovellus näyttää virtuaalisen näppäimistön työpöydällä. Hiiren osoitin tai vaihtoehtoista osoitinlaitetta voidaan käyttää virtuaalisella näppäimistöllä kirjoittamiseen. <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -ohjelmalla on mahdollista näyttää seuraavanlaisia näppäimistötyyppejä:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Muodostusnäppäimistöt mahdollistavat tekstin muodostaminen. Kirjainten ja numeroiden syöttämiseksi valitaan merkkejä muodostusnäppäimistöltä.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Dynaamiset näppäimistöt kuvastavat työpöydällä käynnissä olevia sovelluksia. Esimerkiksi <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -sovellus luo dynaamisia näppäimistöjä, jotka sisältävät työpöydällä käynnissä olevia sovelluksia tai sovelluksen sisältämiä valikoita kuvastavia näppäimiä.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>Esteettömyystoiminnot tulee ottaa käyttöön ennen kuin monia esteettömyystyökaluja voidaan alkaa käyttää.</para>
<procedure>
<step>
<para>Valitse <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Järjestelmä</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Asetukset</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Esteettömyys</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Esteettömyystekniikat</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>Valitse <guilabel>Käytä esteettömyysohjelmia</guilabel> ja napsauta sitten <guibutton>Sulje ja kirjaudu ulos</guibutton></para>
</step>
<step>
<para>Kirjaudu takaisin sisään. Esteettömyysohjelmien palvelut käynnistyvät automaattisesti</para>
</step>
</procedure>

<!--
<para>
For more information about the 
<application>On-Screen Keyboard</application> application, see the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:gok"> Help for <application>On-Screen Keyboard</application></ulink>.
</para>
<-->
</section>

<section id="ats-5">
<title>Sovellusikkunoiden suurentaminen käytettäessä näppäimistöä näytöllä</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>päätteen suurentaminen käytettäessä näppäimistöä näytöllä</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>Jos käytät <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -sovellusta, et voi käyttää mitään sovellusta kokoruututilassa, koska sovellusikkuna peittäisi <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -näkymää.</para>
<para>Muuttaaksesi ikkunan kokoa <application>Näppäimistö näytöllä</application> -sovellusta varten, tee seuraavasti:</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Älä ota käyttöön sovelluksen kokonäyttötilaa.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Siirrä kohdistus sovellusikkunaan.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Paina <keycap>F10</keycap> suurentaaksesi sovelluksen.</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-0">
<title>Hiiren ja näppäimistön esteettömyys</title>
<para>Tämä osio kertoo hiiren ja näppäimistön asetusten muuttamisesta niin, että niiden käyttö olisi mahdollista useammille käyttäjille.</para>

<section id="dtconfig-1">
<title>Hiiren asetukset</title>
<para>Käytä <guilabel>Hiiri</guilabel>-asetustyökalua muuttaaksesi hiiren asetuksia tarpeiden mukaan. Avaa <guilabel>Hiiri</guilabel>-asetustyökalu valitsemalla <menuchoice><guimenu>Järjestelmä</guimenu><guisubmenu>Asetukset</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Hiiri</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. <guilabel>Hiiriasetukset</guilabel>-valintaikkuna ilmestyy.</para>

<section id="dtconfig-2">
<title>Hiiren käyttäytymisen asetukset</title>
<para>Seuraavat kappaleet kertovat, kuinka muokata hiiren käyttäytymistä yksilöllisten tarpeiden mukaan.</para>

<section id="dtconfig-3">
<title>Hiiren asettaminen vasenkätiseen käyttöön</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>hiiri</primary>
<secondary>vasenkätinen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>Asettaaksesi hiiren vasenkätistä käyttöä varaten, napsauta <guilabel>Painikkeet</guilabel>-välilehteä <guilabel>Hiiriasetukset</guilabel>-valintaikkunassa, ja valitse sitten valinta <guilabel>Vasenkätinen</guilabel>. Kun valitset tämän valinnan, järjestelmä vaihtaa vasemman ja oikean hiiren painikkeen toiminnallisuudet välittömästi.</para>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-4">
<title>Muuta kaksoisnapsautuksen toimintaa</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>hiiri</primary>
<secondary>kaksoisnapsautuksen toiminta</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
If you have difficulty double-clicking, you can increase the period of time that the system allows to elapse between the first click and the second click of a double-click. For example, if the double-click timeout
setting is 0.4 seconds, you must perform the second click of a double-click within 0.4 seconds of the first click. If the second click occurs more than 0.4 seconds after the first click, the system interprets the two clicks as two single clicks. 
</para>
<para>
To configure the double-click timeout setting, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guilabel>Buttons</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <guilabel>Timeout</guilabel> slider to specify the timeout in seconds that the system allows between the two clicks of a double-click. Moving the slider to the right will increase the timeout interval in 0.1 
second intervals. In the same manner, moving the slider to the left will decrease the timeout in 0.1 second intervals.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Double-click on the light bulb to the right of the slider to test the setting. If you perform the two clicks of the double-click within the timeout specified, the light bulb lights up fully to display a yellow glow around the bulb. If you do not double-click 
within the timeout specified, the light bulb does not light fully. You should increase the timeout setting and try again. When the light bulb lights, the timeout setting is suitable for your needs. 
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-20">
<title>Hiiren osoittimen koon muuttaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>hiiri</primary>
<secondary>osoittimen koko</secondary>
</indexterm>
<indexterm>
<primary>osoitin</primary>
<secondary>koko</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
To change the size of the mouse pointer that is displayed on the desktop, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guilabel>Pointers</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
This will display a list of pointer themes and sizes available.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
By default, GNOME does not include mouse pointer themes. Information about installing and using pointer themes can be found in the <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?goscustdesk-54">User Guide</ulink>.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<note>
<para>
On some platforms you must log out and log in again for this setting to take effect.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-6">
<title>Hiiren osoittimen paikallistaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>hiiri</primary>
<secondary>osoittimen paikallistaminen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
If you have difficulty locating the mouse pointer on the screen, you can enable an option to highlight the pointer when you press the <keycap>Control</keycap> 
key. To enable this option, click on the <guilabel>Pointers</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog, then select the <guilabel>Highlight the pointer when you press Ctrl</guilabel>
option. When you press <keycap>Control</keycap>, the system displays an animation around the pointer to highlight the pointer. 
</para>
<note>
<para>
On some platforms, you must log out and log in again before this setting takes effect.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-5">
<title>Hiiren nopeuden ja herkkyyden asettaminen</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>hiiri</primary>
<secondary>nopeus ja herkkyys</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
To configure the speed and sensitivity of the mouse, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guilabel>Motion</guilabel> tab in the <guilabel>Mouse Preferences</guilabel> dialog. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Configure the following options:
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Kiihdytys</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the slider to specify the speed at which the mouse pointer moves around the screen when you move the mouse.
</para>
<para>
If you select a low setting, the mouse pointer moves at a speed similar to the speed at which you are physically moving the mouse. This means that you need to physically move the mouse larger distances to cover the screen
area. If you select a high setting, the mouse pointer moves at a faster speed than the speed at which you physically move the mouse. This means that you need to physically move the mouse small distances to cover the screen area.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Herkkyys</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the slider to specify how responsive the mouse pointer is to movements of the mouse. Moving the slider to the right will increase the sensitivity and moving it to the left will decrease the sensitivity.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>Kynnysarvo</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the slider to specify the distance that you must move an item before the system interprets the move action as a drag-and-drop action.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-7">
<title>Osoittimen asetukset</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>osoitin</primary>
<secondary>vilkkumisen lopettaminen</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The following section describes how to modify the display characteristics of the cursor. 
</para>

<section id="dtconfig-9">
<title>Kohdistimen vilkkumisen lopettaminen</title>
<para>
To stop the cursor from blinking in text boxes and other areas, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu>
<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to start the 
<application>Keyboard</application> preference tool.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
In the <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel> tabbed section, deselect the <guilabel>Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields</guilabel> option.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-10">
<title>Hiiren käyttö näppäimistöltä</title>
<para>
If you have difficulty using a mouse, you can use the keyboard to emulate the mouse functions. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-14"/> of this guide for more information.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-14">
<title>Esteettömän näppäimistön asetukset</title>
<para>
Use the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool to configure the keyboard accessibility options. To open the <application>Keyboard</application> 
preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System
</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Accessibility options can be enabled by selecting the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tab.
</para>
<para>
The <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section allows the following options:
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>"Allow to turn accessibility features on and off from the keyboard" (Alt-A)</emphasis> - this determines if keyboard accessibility functions can be turned on or off with a key command.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Simulate simultaneous keypresses (Alt-S)</emphasis> - allows multiple shift (or other) keys to be entered individually but processed as a single combination keystroke. This keyboard accessibility technique is known as "sticky keys."
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Disable sticky keys if two keys are pressed together (Alt-B)</emphasis> - automatically exit the sticky keys mode if any key combination is entered normally (eq, at the same time instead of entered individually).
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Only accept long keypresses (Alt-O)</emphasis> - in this mode, keys must be pressed for a given length of time before they are accepted as input. This accessibility technique is also known as "slow keys." This portion of the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section also supplies a Delay slider (Alt-D) to indicate the press-down delay before the key is accepted as input.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Ignore fast duplicate keypresses (Alt-I)</emphasis> - in this mode, successive entry of the same key will only have a single instance of that key accepted as input. This accessibility technique is also known as "bounce keys." This portion of the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tabbed section also supplies a Delay slider (Alt-E) to indicate the press-down delay before successive keys are ignored.
</para>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-mousekeys">
<title>Hiiren ohjaamisen näppäimistöltä asetukset</title>
<para>
Use the <application>Keyboard</application> preference tool to configure the keyboard to simulate a mouse. To open the <application>Keyboard</application> 
preference tool, choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System
</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu>
<guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The Mouse Keys options can be enabled by selecting the <guilabel>Mouse Keys</guilabel> tab.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>"Allow to control the pointer using the keyboard" (Alt-A)</emphasis> - this determines if the keyboard can be used to control the mouse pointer.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Acceleration (Alt-C)</emphasis> - determines how quickly mouse motion will accelerate when keyboard directional keys are 
pressed.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Speed (Alt-S)</emphasis> - determines how quickly the mouse pointer will move when keyboard directional keys are pressed.
</para>
<para>
<emphasis>Delay (Alt-D)</emphasis> - determines how much (or if) keypresses may be dampened or ignored when keyboard directional keys are pressed.
</para>
</section>

<section id="mousetweaks">
<title>MouseTweaks</title>
<para>
<application>MouseTweaks</application> is a collection of accessibility enhancements for pointing devices. The <userinput>mousetweaks</userinput> package provides the functions offered by the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tab of the <guilabel>Mouse</guilabel> preference tool. It also contains two panel applets related to the mouse accessibility. More particularly:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
It allows users to perform a secondary click by doing a click-and-hold of the primary mouse button.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
It offers a way to perform the various clicks without using any hardware button. In this context, the <application>Dwell Click</application> panel applet can be used to choose what click type to perform.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
It provides the <application>Pointer Capture</application> panel applet. This applet creates an area on the panel into which the pointer can be captured until the user releases it with a predefined button and modifier combination.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
Most mouse-related accessibility options can be found by using <menuchoice><guimenuitem>System</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Mouse</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and selecting the <guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel> tab. Two additional panel applets can optionally be added to the GNOME menu bar / system panel as well; see the sections below. The full manual can be viewed by selecting the <guilabel>Help</guilabel> item from the contextual menu of the <application>Dwell Click</application> applet.
</para>

<!--
<para>
yelp mousetweaks(1) - <ulink type="help" url="ghelp:user-guide?mousetweaks">full manual</ulink>
</para>
-->

<section>
<title>Oikean painikkeen simuloitu napsautus</title>
<para>
A secondary or right-click can be issued by using the primary button and keeping it held down for a specified delay.
</para> 
</section>

<section>
<title>Pysenapsautus</title>
<para>
A click can be issued by having the mouse pointer dwell in a given spot for a specified delay. In this mode, the click-type is determined by the <guilabel>ClickType</guilabel> window, <application>Dwell Click</application> applet, or by the direction in which the user moves the mouse after the dwell time has elapsed. The click-type can be single, double, drag or right.
</para>
<para>
The <application>Dwell Click</application> panel applet can be installed by right-clicking the GNOME Desktop menu bar / system panel, selecting <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel>, choosing <application>Dwell Click</application> and clicking the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button.
</para>
</section>

<section>
<title>Osoittimen kaappaus</title>
<para>
The mouse pointer can be locked into an area of the screen so the pointing device is free for other tasks. For example, this capability allows a powerchair user to control both the powerchair and the mouse pointer with a single powerchair joystick.
</para>
<para>
The <application>Pointer Capture</application> panel applet creates such an area on the panel, into which the user can lock the pointer until released in a determined way.
</para>

<para>
The <application>Pointer Capture</application> panel applet can be installed by right-clicking the GNOME Desktop menu bar / system panel, selecting <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel>, choosing <application>Pointer Capture</application> and clicking the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button.
</para>
<para>
Preferences may be set by choosing <guilabel>Preferences</guilabel> in the context menu of the <application>Pointer Capture</application> applet:
</para>
<para>
In the <guilabel>Capture Pointer</guilabel> section, the user can specify under what circumstances the pointer gets captured when it moves into the capture area. For example, if the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> modifier key is checked, the pointer gets captured when it is over the capture area and the user presses the <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> modifier key. If no modifier is checked and the mouse button is set to 0, the pointer only has to move into the capture area to get locked. It is also possible to specify a combination of modifiers and mouse button.
</para>
<para>
In the <guilabel>Release Pointer</guilabel> section, the user can specify what modifier or mouse button releases the pointer. It is also possible to specify a combination of modifiers and mouse button.
</para>
<para>
In the <guilabel>Size of Capture Area</guilabel> section, the user can specify the width of the capture area on the GNOME panel.
</para>
</section>
</section>

<section id="enable-dasher">
<title>Dasher</title>
<para>Dasher on tehokas tekstinsyötön käyttöliittymä, jota ohjataan luonnollisilla jatkuvilla ohjaavilla eleillä. Dasher on kilpailukykyinen tekstinsyöttöjärjestelmä tilanteissa, joissa täysikokoista näppäimistö ei voi käyttää – esimerkiksi kämmen- tai puettavalla tietokoneella, käytettäessä mitä tahansa tietokonetta yhdellä kädellä (sauvaohjaimella, kosketusnäytöllä tai hiirellä) tai ilman käsiä (esimerkiksi päähän kiinnitettävällä hiirellä tai silmien seurantalaitteella).</para>
<procedure>
<step>
<para>Valitse <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Sovellukset</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Apuohjelmat</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Pääte</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</step>
<step>
<para>Kirjoita: <userinput>sudo apt-get install dasher
</userinput></para>
</step>
<step>
<para>Kirjoita: <userinput>dasher</userinput></para>
</step>
</procedure>
<para>Dasher voidaan asentaa myös <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Sovellukset</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Lisää/poista...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>-valintaikkunasta. Kummassa tahansa tapauksessa se voidaan myöhemmin käynnistää seuraavilla tavoilla:</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>Paina <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo> tai <keycombo><keycap>Meta</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> käynnistääksesi <emphasis>Suorita</emphasis>-valintaikkunan, kirjoita <userinput>dasher</userinput> ja paina <keycap>Enter</keycap>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Valitse <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Sovellukset</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Apuohjelmat</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Pääte</guimenuitem></menuchoice> ja suorita <userinput>dasher</userinput>.</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Paina <keycap>Alt-F1</keycap> ja valitse <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Sovellukset</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Esteettömyys</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Dasher</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</section>

<!--
<listitem>
<para>
Using the numeric keypad to emulate mouse actions. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-14"/>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Specifying the duration for which you must press and hold a key before the system accepts the keypress. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-15"/>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Ignoring rapid, repeated keypresses of the same key. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-16"/>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Accepting key combinations in sequence rather than simultaneously. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-17"/>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Emitting an audible notification when a user activates or deactivates a toggle key. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-18"/>.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Ignoring long keypresses of the same key and control the repeat rate of a keypress. See <xref linkend="dtconfig-19"/>.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>

<section id="dtconfig-13">
<title>Activating Keyboard Accessibility Options</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>keyboard accessibility options</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
To activate the keyboard accessibility options, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu>
<guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Keyboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select 
<guilabel>Accessibility</guilabel>
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Enable keyboard accessibility features</guilabel> option.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Click on the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from keyboard</guilabel> option to receive an audible notification each time a keyboard accessibility option changes; to toggle these settings, use the 
following keyboard shortcuts:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds to enable or disable the Slow Keys feature. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times to enable or disable the Sticky Keys feature.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
To automatically disable the keyboard accessibility options if the options are not used for a specified number of seconds, select the <guilabel>Disable if unused for X seconds</guilabel> option. Use the slider 
to specify the number of seconds of keyboard idle time required before the system disables the keyboard accessibility options. 
</para>
<para>
This option is intended for computers that are shared by a number of different users, some of whom require the keyboard accessibility options. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>Changes made will be instantly applied.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-14">
<title>Enabling Mouse Emulation</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>mouse keys</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The mouse keys feature enables you to use the numeric keypad on the keyboard to emulate mouse actions. This feature benefits users who have difficulty using a mouse or other pointing device. To enable and configure the mouse keys feature, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
In the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</application> dialog, select the <guilabel>Mouse Keys</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Enable Mouse Keys</guilabel> option.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Configure the following options to determine the behavior of the mouse pointer when you control the pointer from the numeric keypad:
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Maximum Pointer Speed</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use this spin box to specify the maximum speed in pixels per second at which the pointer moves around the screen.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Elapsed Time before Maximum Mouse Speed
</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use this spin box to specify the duration in 
milliseconds before the pointer accelerates to the maximum pointer speed. 
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Delay between Keypress and Pointer Movement
</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Use this spin box to specify the interval
in milliseconds between a keypress and the time when the pointer starts to move. 
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
When you enable mouse keys, the keys on the numeric keypad have the following functions:
</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-1">
<title>Numeric Keypad to Mouse Function Mapping</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="52.78*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.22*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry>
<para>Numeric Keypad Keys</para>
</entry>
<entry>
<para>Function</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9
</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Move the mouse pointer around the screen
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>5</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Mouse button click
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>0</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Mouse button toggle
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>/</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>
Primary mouse button
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>*</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Secondary mouse button
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>-</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>
Tertiary mouse button
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<para>
The Toggle Mouse Button key enables the currently selected mouse button until the <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> key is pressed. This allows you to perform drag and drop operations.
</para>
<para>
The <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> emulates the currently selected mouse button. Pressing <keycap>/</keycap>, <keycap>*</keycap> or <keycap>-</keycap> will change the behaviour of this. The currently selected mouse button can be seen in the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status
</application> panel application, discussed in <xref linkend="dtconfig-21"/>.
</para>
<note>
<para>
The <guilabel>Primary mouse button</guilabel> is the left mouse button for right-handed people. The <guilabel>Secondary mouse button</guilabel> is the right mouse button and the <guilabel>Tertiary mouse button</guilabel> is the middle mouse button.
</para>
</note>
<para>
Some Solaris systems also use the function keys to emulate the mouse buttons. The 
function-key-to-mouse-button mappings are described in the following table:
</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-2">
<title>F-Key to Mouse Action Mapping on Solaris Systems</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="52.78*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.22*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry>
<para>Function Key</para>
</entry>
<entry>
<para>Function</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>F2</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Mouse button 1</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>F3</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Mouse button 2</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>F4</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Mouse button 3</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-15">
<title>Enabling Slow Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>slow keys</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The slow keys feature enables you to customize how the keyboard handles user input in the following ways:
</para>
<itemizedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Specify the duration for which you must press and hold a key before the system accepts the keypress. This aspect of the feature benefits users who frequently press keys that they do not intend to press. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Enable audible indications of keyboard input and acceptance. This aspect of the feature benefits users who cannot see the result of a keypress.
</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para>
To enable and configure the slow keys feature, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility 
Preferences (AccessX)</application> dialog, select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option.
</para>
<tip>
<para>
To select or deselect the Slow Keys feature from the keyboard, press and hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds. This will present a dialog confirming 
that you want Slow Keys enabled. The <keycap>Shift</keycap> keyboard shortcut automatically selects all of the Slow Keys options. If you selected the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from the
keyboard</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab, after four seconds the system beeps three times to indicate that the system is about to 
select or deselect the feature.
</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <guilabel>Only accept keys held for</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify the duration, in milliseconds, for which you must press and hold a key before the system accepts the keypress. Use the <guilabel>Type to test settings</guilabel> text box to 
test the Slow Keys setting and modify the setting as required. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
To enable audible indications of keyboard input and acceptance, select the following options:
</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Beep when key is pressed</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Select this option to hear a beep when you press a key.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Beep when key is accepted</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Select this option to hear a beep when the system accepts a keypress. 
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry>
<term>
<guilabel>Beep when key is rejected</guilabel>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
Select this option to hear a beep when the system rejects a keypress. The system rejects a keypress if you do not press and hold the key for the duration that is specified in the <guilabel>Only accept keys held for</guilabel> spin box.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-16">
<title>Enabling Bounce Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>bounce keys</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The bounce keys feature enables you to customize the keyboard to ignore rapid, repeated keypresses of the same key. For example, users with impaired motor skills 
might press the same key several times when they intend to press the key once. This feature enables you to customize the keyboard to ignore repeated keypresses. 
</para>
<para>
To enable and configure the Bounce Keys feature, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Preferences (AccessX)</application> dialog, select the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Enable Bounce Keys</guilabel> option. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <guilabel>Ignore duplicate keypresses within</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify the duration in milliseconds (ms) after the first keypress for which the system ignores repeated keypresses of the same key. For example, if you select a duration of 500 ms, the system ignores all repeated keypresses of the same key that occur within half a second of the first keypress.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Beep if key is rejected</guilabel> option to hear an audible indication when the system ignores a key.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<note>
<para>
If you want to enable the Bounce Keys feature, ensure that the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option is deselected. The Slow Keys feature requires you to press a key for a specified duration before the 
system accepts the keypress as a valid keypress. If you cannot press the key for the duration that is specified by the Slow Keys setting, deselect the <guilabel>Enable Slow Keys</guilabel> option to enable the system 
to accept your input.
</para>
</note>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-17">
<title>Enabling Sticky Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>sticky keys</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The sticky keys feature enables you to press  
key combinations in sequence rather than simultaneously. This feature is designed for users who are unable to press two or more keys at the same time. 
</para>
<para>
To enable and configure the Sticky Keys feature, perform the following steps:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility 
Preferences (AccessX)</application> select the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Enable Sticky Keys</guilabel> option.
</para>
<tip>
<para>
To enable the Sticky Keys feature from the keyboard, press <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times. This will present a dialog confirming that you with to enable Sticky Keys. The <keycap>Shift</keycap> keyboard shortcut automatically selects all of the Sticky Keys 
options. If you selected the <guilabel>Beep when features turned on or off from the keyboard</guilabel> option, the system beeps to indicate that the system is about to select or deselect the feature. When active, pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap> five times 
in a row will present a dialog asking if you want to disable Sticky Keys.
</para>
</tip>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Beep when modifier is pressed</guilabel> option to receive an audible indication each time you press a modifier key such as <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>, <keycap>Alt</keycap>, or <keycap>Shift</keycap>. This option is useful to remind you whether a modifier key is active or inactive. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Selecting the <guilabel>Disable if two keys pressed together</guilabel> option will present a dialog with the option to disable Sticky Keys if two keys are pressed at the same time.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
You can use the Sticky Keys feature in Latch or Lock mode. The following table describes how to choose a mode and the difference between the two modes:
</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-3">
<title>Sticky Keys Latch or Lock Mode</title>
<tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="52.78*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.22*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="47.22*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry valign="top">
<para>To use the Sticky Keys feature in...</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Press the modifier key...</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
<para>The modifier key remains active
until...</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Latch mode</para>
</entry>
<entry valign="top">
<para>Once.</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
<para>
You press a non-modifier key.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
<para>Lock mode</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
<para>Twice in quick succession.</para>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
<para>
You press the modifier key again.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
<para>
Example 1: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>, do the following:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Press <keycap>Alt</keycap> to latch the modifier key. The <keycap>Alt</keycap> key remains active.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press <keycap>F1</keycap>. The key combination is now complete. After you press <keycap>F1</keycap>, the <keycap>Alt</keycap> modifier key is no longer active.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
Example 2: If you want to press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo>, do the following:
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
Press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> twice to lock the modifier key. The <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key remains active.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press <keycap>Alt</keycap>. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Press <keycap>Tab</keycap>. The key combination is now complete. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
To unlock the modifier key, press <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> again.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-18">
<title>Enabling Audible Toggle Key Notifications</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>toggle keys</primary>
<secondary>enabling audio notifications</secondary>
</indexterm>
<para>
A toggle key is any key on the keyboard that
can switch between two states. The <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>, and <keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap> keys are toggle keys. Most toggle keys have an associated light emitting diode (LED) on the keyboard that lights when the toggle key 
is active. To assist users with visual impairments, you can customize the keyboard to emit an audible notification when a user presses a toggle key. For example, when you press <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, you can determine whether the key is toggled or not 
by the sound emitted. 
</para>
<para>
To enable accessible toggle keys, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility 
Preferences (AccesX)</application> select the 
<guilabel>Filters</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Enable Toggle Keys</guilabel> option.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
<para>
When you activate the <keycap>Num Lock</keycap>, <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap>, or <keycap>Scroll Lock</keycap> keys, the system beeps once. When you deactivate a toggle key, the system beeps twice.
</para>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-19">
<title>Enabling Repeat Keys</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>repeat keys</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The Repeat Keys feature enables you to repeat a keystroke multiple times without pressing
the key more than once. This feature is designed for users who cannot release keys quickly; for example, users who operate a mouth stick. When you enable repeat keys, you can specify the duration for which you 
must press a key before the key starts to repeat.
</para>
<para>
To enable and configure the Repeat Keys feature, perform the following steps: 
</para>
<orderedlist>
<listitem>
<para>
From the <application>Keyboard Accessibility 
Preferences (AccessX)</application> select the <guilabel>Basic</guilabel> tab.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Select the <guilabel>Enable Repeat Keys</guilabel> option.
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <guilabel>Delay</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify the duration for which you must press a key before the keyboard interprets the action as a repeat key. If you have difficulty releasing keys, select a long time delay. 
</para>
</listitem>
<listitem>
<para>
Use the <guilabel>Speed</guilabel> slider or spin box to specify the speed at which the keyboard repeats the keypress as input.
</para>
</listitem>
</orderedlist>
</section>
</section>

<section id="dtconfig-21">
<title>Using the Keyboard Accessibility Status Panel Application</title>
<indexterm>
<primary>Keyboard Accessibility Status panel application</primary>
</indexterm>
<para>
The <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status
</application> panel application shows you the status of the keyboard accessibility features. This panel application displays icons to indicate which keyboard accessibility features are enabled in the 
<application>Keyboard Accessibility</application> preference tool.
</para>
<para>
To add the <application>Keyboard Accessibility Status</application> panel application to a panel, right-click on the panel, then choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu></menuchoice> and select <guimenuitem>Keyboard Accessibility Status</guimenuitem>.
</para>
<para>
The following table describes the icons that the panel application displays and the status that each icon represents:
</para>
<table frame="topbot" id="dtconfig-TBL-25">
<title>Keyboard Accessibility Status Icons</title>
<tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
<colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="21.97*"/>
<colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="78.03*"/>
<thead>
<row rowsep="1">
<entry>
<para>Icon</para>
</entry>
<entry>
<para>Keyboard Accessibility Status</para>
</entry>
</row>
</thead>
<tbody>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/accessx.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Keyboard Accessibility Features enabled icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
<para>Keyboard accessibility is available 
but none of the individual features are enabled.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/bouncekeys.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Bounce Keys enabled icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
<para>
The Bounce Keys feature is enabled.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/mousekeys.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Mouse Keys enabled icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
<para>
The Mouse Keys feature is enabled. The dot in the mouse button shows which button is currently associated with the <guilabel>Mouse button click</guilabel> key.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/slowkeys.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Slow Keys enabled icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
<para>The Slow Keys feature is enabled.</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickyaltlatch.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Alt key latched icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Alt</keycap> key is latched.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry valign="top">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickyaltlock.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Alt key locked icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Alt</keycap> key is locked.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickyctrllatch.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Ctrl key latched icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is latched.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickyctrllock.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Ctrl key locked icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key is locked.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickyshiftlatch.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Shift key latched icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Shift</keycap> key is latched.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickyshiftlock.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Shift key locked icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Shift</keycap> key is locked.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickywindowlatch.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Super/Windows key latched icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Super</keycap>/<keycap>Windows</keycap> key is latched.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
<row>
<entry colname="colspec0">
<screenshot>
<mediaobject>
<imageobject>
<imagedata fileref="figures/stickywindowlock.png" format="PNG"/>
</imageobject>
<textobject>
<phrase>Super/Windows key locked icon</phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject>
</screenshot>
</entry>
<entry colname="colspec1" valign="middle">
<para>
The Sticky Keys feature is enabled and the 
<keycap>Super</keycap>/<keycap>Windows</keycap> key is locked.
</para>
</entry>
</row>
</tbody>
</tgroup>
</table>
</section>
-->
</section>
</chapter>


<!--
&sysadmin;
-->

<!-- If generating PDFs and if you want an index,
     then uncomment <index/> line below -->
<!-- <index/> -->

</book>
